Merge "Use HTML::hidden to create input fields"
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @defgroup Globalsettings Global settings
43 */
44
45 /**
46 * @cond file_level_code
47 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
48 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
49 */
50 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
51 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
52 die( 1 );
53 }
54
55 /** @endcond */
56
57 /**
58 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
59 * Not used for much in a default install.
60 * @since 1.5
61 */
62 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
63
64 /**
65 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
66 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
67 * callable.
68 * @since 1.23
69 */
70 $wgConfigRegistry = [
71 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
72 ];
73
74 /**
75 * MediaWiki version number
76 * @since 1.2
77 */
78 $wgVersion = '1.30.0-alpha';
79
80 /**
81 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
82 */
83 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
84
85 /**
86 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
87 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
88 * @var bool
89 * @since 1.26
90 */
91 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
92
93 /**
94 * URL of the server.
95 *
96 * @par Example:
97 * @code
98 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
99 * @endcode
100 *
101 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
102 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
103 * case, set this variable to fix it.
104 *
105 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
106 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
107 * to a fully qualified URL.
108 */
109 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
110
111 /**
112 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
113 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
114 *
115 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
116 * @since 1.18
117 */
118 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
119
120 /**
121 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
122 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
123 * @since 1.24
124 */
125 $wgServerName = false;
126
127 /************************************************************************//**
128 * @name Script path settings
129 * @{
130 */
131
132 /**
133 * The path we should point to.
134 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
135 *
136 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
137 *
138 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
139 * set in LocalSettings.php
140 */
141 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
142
143 /**
144 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
145 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
146 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
147 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
148 * problems on Apache as well.
149 *
150 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
151 *
152 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
153 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
154 *
155 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
156 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
157 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
158 * @since 1.2.1
159 */
160 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
161 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
162 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
163
164 /**
165 * The extension to append to script names by default.
166 *
167 * Some hosting providers used PHP 4 for *.php files, and PHP 5 for *.php5.
168 * This variable was provided to support those providers.
169 *
170 * @since 1.11
171 * @deprecated since 1.25; support for '.php5' has been phased out of MediaWiki
172 * proper. Backward-compatibility can be maintained by configuring your web
173 * server to rewrite URLs. See RELEASE-NOTES for details.
174 */
175 $wgScriptExtension = '.php';
176
177 /**@}*/
178
179 /************************************************************************//**
180 * @name URLs and file paths
181 *
182 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
183 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
184 *
185 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
186 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
187 *
188 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
189 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
190 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
191 *
192 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
193 *
194 * @{
195 */
196
197 /**
198 * The URL path to index.php.
199 *
200 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
201 */
202 $wgScript = false;
203
204 /**
205 * The URL path to load.php.
206 *
207 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
208 * @since 1.17
209 */
210 $wgLoadScript = false;
211
212 /**
213 * The URL path of the skins directory.
214 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
215 * @since 1.3
216 */
217 $wgStylePath = false;
218 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
219
220 /**
221 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
222 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
223 * @since 1.17
224 */
225 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
226
227 /**
228 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
229 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
230 * @since 1.16
231 */
232 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
233
234 /**
235 * Filesystem extensions directory.
236 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
237 * @since 1.25
238 */
239 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
240
241 /**
242 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
243 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
244 * @since 1.3
245 */
246 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
247
248 /**
249 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
250 * which is replaced by the article title.
251 *
252 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
253 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
254 */
255 $wgArticlePath = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path for the images directory.
259 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
260 */
261 $wgUploadPath = false;
262
263 /**
264 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
265 */
266 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
267
268 /**
269 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
270 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
271 */
272 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
273
274 /**
275 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
276 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
277 */
278 $wgLogo = false;
279
280 /**
281 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
282 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
283 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
284 *
285 * @par Example:
286 * @code
287 * $wgLogoHD = [
288 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
289 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
290 * ];
291 * @endcode
292 *
293 * @since 1.25
294 */
295 $wgLogoHD = false;
296
297 /**
298 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
299 * @since 1.6
300 */
301 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
302
303 /**
304 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
305 * Defaults to no icon.
306 * @since 1.12
307 */
308 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
309
310 /**
311 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
312 * One of 'never', 'default', 'origin', 'always'. Setting it to false just
313 * prevents the meta tag from being output.
314 * See https://www.w3.org/TR/referrer-policy/ for details.
315 *
316 * @since 1.25
317 */
318 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
319
320 /**
321 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
322 * be web accessible.
323 *
324 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
325 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
326 * logic.
327 *
328 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
329 * variable.
330 *
331 * @see wfTempDir()
332 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
333 */
334 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
335
336 /**
337 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
338 * upload URL.
339 * @since 1.4
340 */
341 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
342
343 /**
344 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
345 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
346 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
347 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
348 * @since 1.17
349 */
350 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
351
352 /**
353 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
354 * plain page views, add to this array.
355 *
356 * @par Example:
357 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
358 * @code
359 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
360 * @endcode
361 *
362 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
363 * URLs.
364 * @since 1.5
365 */
366 $wgActionPaths = [];
367
368 /**@}*/
369
370 /************************************************************************//**
371 * @name Files and file uploads
372 * @{
373 */
374
375 /**
376 * Uploads have to be specially set up to be secure
377 */
378 $wgEnableUploads = false;
379
380 /**
381 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
382 */
383 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
384
385 /**
386 * Allows to move images and other media files
387 */
388 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
389
390 /**
391 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
392 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
393 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
394 *
395 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
396 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
397 */
398 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
399
400 /**
401 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
402 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
403 *
404 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
405 * completeness.
406 */
407 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
408
409 /**
410 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
411 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
412 */
413 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
414
415 /**
416 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
417 */
418 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
419
420 /**
421 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
422 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
423 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
424 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
425 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
426 *
427 * Example:
428 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
429 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
430 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
431 *
432 * @see $wgFileBackends
433 */
434 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
435
436 /**
437 * File repository structures
438 *
439 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
440 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
441 * array of properties configuring the repository.
442 *
443 * Properties required for all repos:
444 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
445 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
446 *
447 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
448 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
449 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
450 *
451 * For most core repos:
452 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
453 * container : backend container name the zone is in
454 * directory : root path within container for the zone
455 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
456 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
457 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
458 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
459 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
460 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
461 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
462 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
463 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
464 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
465 * handler instead.
466 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
467 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
468 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
469 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
470 * - pathDisclosureProtection
471 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
472 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
473 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
474 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
475 * is 0644.
476 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
477 * some remote repos.
478 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
479 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
480 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
481 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
482 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
483 *
484 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
485 * for local repositories:
486 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
487 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
488 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
489 * - scriptExtension Script extension of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to
490 * $wgScriptExtension, e.g. ".php5". Defaults to ".php".
491 *
492 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
493 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page. Equivalent to
494 * $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
495 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
496 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
497 *
498 * ForeignDBRepo:
499 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
500 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
501 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
502 * - hasSharedCache True if the wiki's shared cache is accessible via the local $wgMemc
503 *
504 * ForeignAPIRepo:
505 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
506 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
507 *
508 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
509 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
510 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
511 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
512 * be searched after the local file repo.
513 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
514 *
515 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
516 */
517 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
518
519 /**
520 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
521 */
522 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
523
524 /**
525 * Use Commons as a remote file repository. Essentially a wrapper, when this
526 * is enabled $wgForeignFileRepos will point at Commons with a set of default
527 * settings
528 */
529 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
530
531 /**
532 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
533 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
534 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
535 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
536 *
537 * Example:
538 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
539 */
540 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
541
542 /**
543 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
544 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
545 *
546 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
547 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
548 *
549 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
550 */
551 $wgUploadDialog = [
552 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
553 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
554 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
555 'fields' => [
556 'description' => true,
557 'date' => false,
558 'categories' => false,
559 ],
560 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
561 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
562 'licensemessages' => [
563 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
564 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
565 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
566 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
567 'local' => 'generic-local',
568 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
569 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
570 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
571 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
572 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
573 ],
574 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
575 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
576 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
577 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
578 'comment' => [
579 'local' => '',
580 'foreign' => '',
581 ],
582 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
583 'format' => [
584 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
585 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
586 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
587 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
588 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
589 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
590 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
591 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
592 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
593 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
594 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
595 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
596 // * $TEXT - input by the user
597 'description' => '$TEXT',
598 'ownwork' => '',
599 'license' => '',
600 'uncategorized' => '',
601 ],
602 ];
603
604 /**
605 * File backend structure configuration.
606 *
607 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
608 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
609 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
610 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
611 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
612 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
613 *
614 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
615 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
616 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
617 *
618 * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
619 * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
620 * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
621 * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
622 *
623 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
624 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
625 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
626 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
627 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
628 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
629 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
630 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
631 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
632 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
633 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
634 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
635 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
636 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
637 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
638 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
639 */
640 $wgFileBackends = [];
641
642 /**
643 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
644 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
645 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
646 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
647 *
648 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
649 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
650 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
651 *
652 * When using DBLockManager, the 'dbsByBucket' map can reference 'localDBMaster' as
653 * a peer database in each bucket. This will result in an extra connection to the domain
654 * that the LockManager services, which must also be a valid wiki ID.
655 */
656 $wgLockManagers = [];
657
658 /**
659 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
660 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://secure.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
661 *
662 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
663 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
664 * extensions" section of php.ini:
665 * @code{.ini}
666 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
667 * @endcode
668 */
669 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
670
671 /**
672 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
673 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
674 * Defaults to false.
675 */
676 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
677
678 /**
679 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can define a shared upload path here.
680 * Uploads to this wiki will NOT be put there - they will be put into
681 * $wgUploadDirectory.
682 * If $wgUseSharedUploads is set, the wiki will look in the shared repository if
683 * no file of the given name is found in the local repository (for [[File:..]],
684 * [[Media:..]] links). Thumbnails will also be looked for and generated in this
685 * directory.
686 *
687 * Note that these configuration settings can now be defined on a per-
688 * repository basis for an arbitrary number of file repositories, using the
689 * $wgForeignFileRepos variable.
690 */
691 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
692
693 /**
694 * Full path on the web server where shared uploads can be found
695 */
696 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
697
698 /**
699 * Fetch commons image description pages and display them on the local wiki?
700 */
701 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
702
703 /**
704 * Path on the file system where shared uploads can be found.
705 */
706 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
707
708 /**
709 * DB name with metadata about shared directory.
710 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
711 */
712 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
713
714 /**
715 * Optional table prefix used in database.
716 */
717 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
718
719 /**
720 * Cache shared metadata in memcached.
721 * Don't do this if the commons wiki is in a different memcached domain
722 */
723 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
724
725 /**
726 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
727 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
728 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
729 */
730 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
731
732 /**
733 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
734 *
735 * @since 1.20
736 */
737 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
738
739 /**
740 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
741 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
742 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
743 */
744 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
745
746 /**
747 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
748 * @since 1.20
749 */
750 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
751
752 /**
753 * Different timeout for upload by url
754 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
755 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
756 * to default.
757 *
758 * @since 1.22
759 */
760 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
761
762 /**
763 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
764 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
765 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
766 * for non-specified types.
767 *
768 * @par Example:
769 * @code
770 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
771 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
772 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
773 * ];
774 * @endcode
775 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
776 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
777 */
778 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
779
780 /**
781 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
782 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
783 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
784 * @since 1.26
785 */
786 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
787
788 /**
789 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
790 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
791 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
792 *
793 * @par Example:
794 * @code
795 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
796 * @endcode
797 */
798 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
799
800 /**
801 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
802 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
803 * appended to it as appropriate.
804 */
805 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
806
807 /**
808 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
809 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
810 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
811 * access to the thumbnail path.
812 *
813 * @par Example:
814 * @code
815 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
816 * @endcode
817 */
818 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
819
820 /**
821 * @see $wgThumbnailScriptPath
822 */
823 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
824
825 /**
826 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
827 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
828 *
829 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
830 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
831 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
832 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
833 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
834 *
835 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
836 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
837 */
838 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
839
840 /**
841 * Set the following to false especially if you have a set of files that need to
842 * be accessible by all wikis, and you do not want to use the hash (path/a/aa/)
843 * directory layout.
844 */
845 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
846
847 /**
848 * Base URL for a repository wiki. Leave this blank if uploads are just stored
849 * in a shared directory and not meant to be accessible through a separate wiki.
850 * Otherwise the image description pages on the local wiki will link to the
851 * image description page on this wiki.
852 *
853 * Please specify the namespace, as in the example below.
854 */
855 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = "https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:";
856
857 /**
858 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
859 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
860 *
861 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
862 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
863 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
864 */
865 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
866
867 /**
868 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
869 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
870 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
871 */
872 $wgFileBlacklist = [
873 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
874 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
875 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
876 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
877 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
878 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
879 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
880 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
881
882 /**
883 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
884 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
885 */
886 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
887 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
888 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
889 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
890 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
891 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
892 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
893 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
894 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
895 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
896 'application/x-msmetafile',
897 ];
898
899 /**
900 * Allow Java archive uploads.
901 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
902 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
903 */
904 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
905
906 /**
907 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
908 *
909 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
910 */
911 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
912
913 /**
914 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
915 * by $wgFileExtensions.
916 *
917 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
918 */
919 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
920
921 /**
922 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
923 *
924 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
925 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
926 */
927 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
928
929 /**
930 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
931 */
932 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
933
934 /**
935 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
936 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
937 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
938 *
939 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
940 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
941 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
942 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
943 */
944 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
945 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
946 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
947 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
948 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
949 "application/pdf", // PDF files
950 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
951 ];
952
953 /**
954 * Plugins for media file type handling.
955 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
956 *
957 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
958 * and extensions should use extension.json.
959 */
960 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
961
962 /**
963 * Plugins for page content model handling.
964 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
965 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
966 *
967 * @since 1.21
968 */
969 $wgContentHandlers = [
970 // the usual case
971 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => 'WikitextContentHandler',
972 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
973 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => 'JavaScriptContentHandler',
974 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
975 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => 'JsonContentHandler',
976 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
977 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => 'CssContentHandler',
978 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
979 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => 'TextContentHandler',
980 ];
981
982 /**
983 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
984 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
985 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
986 */
987 $wgUseImageResize = true;
988
989 /**
990 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
991 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
992 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
993 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
994 *
995 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
996 */
997 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
998
999 /**
1000 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1001 */
1002 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1003
1004 /**
1005 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1006 * @since 1.27
1007 */
1008 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1009
1010 /**
1011 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1012 */
1013 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1014
1015 /**
1016 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1017 */
1018 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1019
1020 /**
1021 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1022 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1023 */
1024 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1025
1026 /**
1027 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1028 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1029 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1030 *
1031 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1032 * @code
1033 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1034 * @endcode
1035 *
1036 * Leave as false to skip this.
1037 */
1038 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1039
1040 /**
1041 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1042 *
1043 * @since 1.21
1044 */
1045 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1046
1047 /**
1048 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1049 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1050 * at sharp edges.
1051 *
1052 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1053 *
1054 * Supported values:
1055 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1056 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1057 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1058 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1059 *
1060 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1061 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1062 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1063 *
1064 * @since 1.27
1065 */
1066 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1067
1068 /**
1069 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1070 * image formats.
1071 */
1072 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1073
1074 /**
1075 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1076 *
1077 * @since 1.26
1078 */
1079 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1080
1081 /**
1082 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1083 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1084 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1085 *
1086 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1087 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1088 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1089 */
1090 $wgSVGConverters = [
1091 'ImageMagick' =>
1092 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1093 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1094 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1095 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1096 . '$output $input',
1097 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1098 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1099 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1100 ];
1101
1102 /**
1103 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1104 */
1105 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1106
1107 /**
1108 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1109 */
1110 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1111
1112 /**
1113 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1114 */
1115 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1116
1117 /**
1118 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1119 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1120 */
1121 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1122
1123 /**
1124 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1125 *
1126 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1127 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1128 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1129 *
1130 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1131 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1132 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1133 */
1134 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1135
1136 /**
1137 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1138 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1139 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1140 *
1141 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1142 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1143 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1144 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1145 *
1146 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1147 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1148 */
1149 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1150
1151 /**
1152 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1153 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1154 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1155 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1156 */
1157 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1158
1159 /**
1160 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1161 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1162 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1163 *
1164 * @par Example:
1165 * @code
1166 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1167 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1168 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1169 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1170 * @endcode
1171 */
1172 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1173
1174 /**
1175 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1176 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1177 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1178 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1179 */
1180 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1181
1182 /**
1183 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1184 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1185 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1186 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1187 */
1188 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1189
1190 /**
1191 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1192 * output instead of showing an error message.
1193 *
1194 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1195 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1196 *
1197 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1198 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1199 * are logged to a file for review.
1200 */
1201 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1202
1203 /**
1204 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1205 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1206 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1207 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1208 * webserver(s).
1209 */
1210 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1211
1212 /**
1213 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1214 */
1215 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1216
1217 /**
1218 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1219 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1220 * is available that can rotate.
1221 */
1222 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1223
1224 /**
1225 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1226 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1227 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1228 */
1229 $wgAntivirus = null;
1230
1231 /**
1232 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1233 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1234 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1235 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1236 *
1237 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1238 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1239 *
1240 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1241 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1242 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1243 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1244 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1245 * path.
1246 *
1247 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1248 * function in SpecialUpload.
1249 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1250 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1251 * is not set.
1252 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1253 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1254 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1255 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1256 * no virus was found.
1257 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1258 * a virus.
1259 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1260 *
1261 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1262 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1263 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1264 */
1265 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1266
1267 # setup for clamav
1268 'clamav' => [
1269 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1270 'codemap' => [
1271 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1272 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1273 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1274 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1275 ],
1276 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1277 ],
1278 ];
1279
1280 /**
1281 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1282 */
1283 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1284
1285 /**
1286 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1287 */
1288 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1289
1290 /**
1291 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1292 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1293 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1294 */
1295 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1296
1297 /**
1298 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1299 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1300 */
1301 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1302
1303 /**
1304 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1305 * the MIME type to standard output.
1306 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1307 * If not set or NULL, PHP's mime_content_type function will be used.
1308 *
1309 * @par Example:
1310 * @code
1311 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1312 * @endcode
1313 */
1314 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1315
1316 /**
1317 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1318 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1319 * can be trusted.
1320 */
1321 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1322
1323 /**
1324 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1325 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1326 */
1327 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1328 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1329 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1330 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1331 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1332 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1333 ];
1334
1335 /**
1336 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1337 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1338 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1339 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1340 * change it if you alter the array (see T10858).
1341 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1342 */
1343 $wgImageLimits = [
1344 [ 320, 240 ],
1345 [ 640, 480 ],
1346 [ 800, 600 ],
1347 [ 1024, 768 ],
1348 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1349 ];
1350
1351 /**
1352 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1353 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1354 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1355 */
1356 $wgThumbLimits = [
1357 120,
1358 150,
1359 180,
1360 200,
1361 250,
1362 300
1363 ];
1364
1365 /**
1366 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1367 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1368 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1369 *
1370 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1371 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1372 * supports it.
1373 */
1374 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1375
1376 /**
1377 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1378 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1379 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1380 * following buckets:
1381 *
1382 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1383 *
1384 * and a distance of 50:
1385 *
1386 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1387 *
1388 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1389 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1390 */
1391 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1392
1393 /**
1394 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1395 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1396 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1397 *
1398 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1399 *
1400 * @since 1.25
1401 */
1402
1403 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1404
1405 /**
1406 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1407 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1408 *
1409 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1410 * thumbnail's URL.
1411 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1412 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1413 *
1414 * @since 1.25
1415 */
1416 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1417
1418 /**
1419 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1420 *
1421 * @since 1.25
1422 */
1423 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1424
1425 /**
1426 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1427 * HTTP request to.
1428 *
1429 * @since 1.25
1430 */
1431 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1432
1433 /**
1434 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1435 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1436 *
1437 * @since 1.26
1438 */
1439 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1440
1441 /**
1442 * Parameters for the "<gallery>" tag.
1443 * Fields are:
1444 * - imagesPerRow: Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1445 * - imageWidth: Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1446 * - imageHeight: Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1447 * - captionLength: Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1448 * A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1449 * and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1450 * @deprecated since 1.28
1451 * - showBytes: Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1452 * - showDimensions: Show the dimensions (width x height) in categories
1453 * - mode: Gallery mode
1454 */
1455 $wgGalleryOptions = [];
1456
1457 /**
1458 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1459 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1460 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1461 */
1462 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1463
1464 /**
1465 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1466 */
1467 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1468
1469 /**
1470 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1471 *
1472 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1473 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1474 *
1475 * On older browsers, a JavaScript polyfill switches the appropriate images in after loading
1476 * the original low-resolution versions depending on the reported window.devicePixelRatio.
1477 * The polyfill can be found in the jquery.hidpi module.
1478 */
1479 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1480
1481 /**
1482 * @name DJVU settings
1483 * @{
1484 */
1485
1486 /**
1487 * Path of the djvudump executable
1488 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1489 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1490 */
1491 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1492
1493 /**
1494 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1495 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1496 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1497 */
1498 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1499
1500 /**
1501 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1502 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1503 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1504 */
1505 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1506
1507 /**
1508 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1509 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1510 *
1511 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1512 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1513 * the efficiency problem.
1514 * https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1515 *
1516 * @par Example:
1517 * @code
1518 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1519 * @endcode
1520 */
1521 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1522
1523 /**
1524 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1525 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1526 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1527 */
1528 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1529
1530 /**
1531 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1532 */
1533 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1534
1535 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1536
1537 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1538
1539 /************************************************************************//**
1540 * @name Email settings
1541 * @{
1542 */
1543
1544 /**
1545 * Site admin email address.
1546 *
1547 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName".
1548 */
1549 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1550
1551 /**
1552 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1553 *
1554 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder.
1555 *
1556 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName".
1557 */
1558 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1559
1560 /**
1561 * Sender name for e-mail notifications.
1562 *
1563 * @deprecated since 1.23; use the system message 'emailsender' instead.
1564 */
1565 $wgPasswordSenderName = 'MediaWiki Mail';
1566
1567 /**
1568 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1569 *
1570 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender.
1571 */
1572 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1573
1574 /**
1575 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1576 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1577 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1578 */
1579 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1580
1581 /**
1582 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1583 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1584 */
1585 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1586
1587 /**
1588 * If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1589 * instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
1590 *
1591 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1592 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1593 * when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions
1594 * can cause emails to fail to be received when false.
1595 */
1596 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = true;
1597
1598 /**
1599 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1600 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1601 */
1602 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1603
1604 /**
1605 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1606 */
1607 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1608
1609 /**
1610 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1611 */
1612 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1613
1614 /**
1615 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1616 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1617 */
1618 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1619
1620 /**
1621 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1622 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1623 */
1624 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1625
1626 /**
1627 * SMTP Mode.
1628 *
1629 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1630 * Default to false or fill an array :
1631 *
1632 * @code
1633 * $wgSMTP = [
1634 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1635 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1636 * 'port' => '25',
1637 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1638 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1639 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1640 * ];
1641 * @endcode
1642 */
1643 $wgSMTP = false;
1644
1645 /**
1646 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1647 */
1648 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1649
1650 /**
1651 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1652 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1653 */
1654 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1655
1656 /**
1657 * True: from page editor if s/he opted-in. False: Enotif mails appear to come
1658 * from $wgEmergencyContact
1659 */
1660 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1661
1662 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1663 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1664 # enable or disable at their discretion
1665 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1666 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1667
1668 /**
1669 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1670 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1671 * spam relay.
1672 */
1673 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1674
1675 /**
1676 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1677 */
1678 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1679
1680 /**
1681 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1682 * user talk page.
1683 *
1684 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1685 * preference set to true.
1686 */
1687 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1688
1689 /**
1690 * Set the Reply-to address in notifications to the editor's address, if user
1691 * allowed this in the preferences.
1692 */
1693 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1694
1695 /**
1696 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1697 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1698 *
1699 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1700 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1701 *
1702 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1703 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1704 *
1705 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1706 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1707 */
1708 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1709
1710 /**
1711 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1712 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1713 *
1714 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1715 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1716 */
1717 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1718
1719 /**
1720 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1721 * match the limit on your mail server.
1722 */
1723 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1724
1725 /**
1726 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1727 */
1728 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1729
1730 /**
1731 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1732 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1733 */
1734 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1735
1736 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1737
1738 /************************************************************************//**
1739 * @name Database settings
1740 * @{
1741 */
1742
1743 /**
1744 * Database host name or IP address
1745 */
1746 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1747
1748 /**
1749 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1750 */
1751 $wgDBport = 5432;
1752
1753 /**
1754 * Name of the database
1755 */
1756 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1757
1758 /**
1759 * Database username
1760 */
1761 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1762
1763 /**
1764 * Database user's password
1765 */
1766 $wgDBpassword = '';
1767
1768 /**
1769 * Database type
1770 */
1771 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1772
1773 /**
1774 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1775 *
1776 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1777 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1778 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1779 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1780 */
1781 $wgDBssl = false;
1782
1783 /**
1784 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1785 *
1786 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1787 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1788 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1789 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1790 */
1791 $wgDBcompress = false;
1792
1793 /**
1794 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1795 */
1796 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1797
1798 /**
1799 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1800 */
1801 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1802
1803 /**
1804 * Search type.
1805 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1806 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1807 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1808 */
1809 $wgSearchType = null;
1810
1811 /**
1812 * Alternative search types
1813 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1814 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1815 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1816 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1817 */
1818 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1819
1820 /**
1821 * Table name prefix
1822 */
1823 $wgDBprefix = '';
1824
1825 /**
1826 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1827 */
1828 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1829
1830 /**
1831 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1832 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1833 * DBA has done his best job.
1834 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1835 */
1836 $wgSQLMode = '';
1837
1838 /**
1839 * Mediawiki schema
1840 */
1841 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1842
1843 /**
1844 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1845 */
1846 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1847
1848 /**
1849 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1850 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1851 * main database.
1852 *
1853 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1854 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1855 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1856 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1857 *
1858 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1859 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1860 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1861 *
1862 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1863 * $wgDBprefix.
1864 *
1865 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1866 * $wgDBmwschema.
1867 *
1868 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to wfGetLB() to
1869 * access remote databases. Using wfGetLB() allows the shared database to
1870 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1871 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1872 */
1873 $wgSharedDB = null;
1874
1875 /**
1876 * @see $wgSharedDB
1877 */
1878 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1879
1880 /**
1881 * @see $wgSharedDB
1882 */
1883 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1884
1885 /**
1886 * @see $wgSharedDB
1887 * @since 1.23
1888 */
1889 $wgSharedSchema = false;
1890
1891 /**
1892 * Database load balancer
1893 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
1894 * Fields are:
1895 * - host: Host name
1896 * - dbname: Default database name
1897 * - user: DB user
1898 * - password: DB password
1899 * - type: DB type
1900 *
1901 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
1902 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
1903 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
1904 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
1905 *
1906 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
1907 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
1908 *
1909 * - flags: bit field
1910 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if "cliMode" is off (recommended)
1911 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
1912 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
1913 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
1914 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
1915 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
1916 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
1917 * if available
1918 *
1919 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
1920 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
1921 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
1922 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
1923 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
1924 *
1925 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
1926 * variable of the Database object.
1927 *
1928 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
1929 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
1930 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
1931 *
1932 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
1933 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
1934 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
1935 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
1936 *
1937 * @code
1938 * SET @@read_only=1;
1939 * @endcode
1940 *
1941 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
1942 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
1943 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
1944 */
1945 $wgDBservers = false;
1946
1947 /**
1948 * Load balancer factory configuration
1949 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
1950 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
1951 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
1952 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
1953 *
1954 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
1955 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
1956 */
1957 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => 'LBFactorySimple' ];
1958
1959 /**
1960 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
1961 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
1962 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
1963 * @since 1.27
1964 */
1965 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
1966
1967 /**
1968 * File to log database errors to
1969 */
1970 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
1971
1972 /**
1973 * Timezone to use in the error log.
1974 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
1975 *
1976 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
1977 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
1978 *
1979 * @par Examples:
1980 * @code
1981 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
1982 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
1983 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
1984 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
1985 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
1986 * @endcode
1987 *
1988 * @since 1.20
1989 */
1990 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
1991
1992 /**
1993 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
1994 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
1995 *
1996 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
1997 *
1998 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
1999 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
2000 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
2001 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
2002 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
2003 *
2004 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
2005 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
2006 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
2007 */
2008 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
2009
2010 /**
2011 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
2012 *
2013 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2014 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2015 * block).
2016 *
2017 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2018 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2019 * connections.
2020 *
2021 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2022 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2023 * pooled.
2024 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2025 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2026 *
2027 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2028 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2029 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2030 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2031 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2032 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2033 *
2034 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2035 */
2036 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2037
2038 /**
2039 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer
2040 * account.
2041 * Array numeric key => database name
2042 */
2043 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2044
2045 /**
2046 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2047 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2048 * show a more obvious warning.
2049 */
2050 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2051
2052 /**
2053 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2054 */
2055 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2056
2057 /**
2058 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2059 */
2060 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2061
2062 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2063
2064 /************************************************************************//**
2065 * @name Text storage
2066 * @{
2067 */
2068
2069 /**
2070 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2071 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2072 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2073 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2074 */
2075 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2076
2077 /**
2078 * External stores allow including content
2079 * from non database sources following URL links.
2080 *
2081 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2082 * @code
2083 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2084 * @endcode
2085 *
2086 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2087 */
2088 $wgExternalStores = [];
2089
2090 /**
2091 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2092 *
2093 * @par Example:
2094 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2095 * @code
2096 * $wgExternalServers = [
2097 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2098 * ];
2099 * @endcode
2100 *
2101 * Used by LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2102 * another class.
2103 */
2104 $wgExternalServers = [];
2105
2106 /**
2107 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2108 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2109 *
2110 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2111 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2112 *
2113 * @par Example:
2114 * @code
2115 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2116 * @endcode
2117 *
2118 * @var array
2119 */
2120 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2121
2122 /**
2123 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2124 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2125 *
2126 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2127 */
2128 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2129
2130 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2131
2132 /************************************************************************//**
2133 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2134 * @{
2135 */
2136
2137 /**
2138 * Disable database-intensive features
2139 */
2140 $wgMiserMode = false;
2141
2142 /**
2143 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2144 */
2145 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2146
2147 /**
2148 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2149 */
2150 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2151
2152 /**
2153 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2154 */
2155 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2156
2157 /**
2158 * Enable slow parser functions
2159 */
2160 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2161
2162 /**
2163 * Allow schema updates
2164 */
2165 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2166
2167 /**
2168 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2169 */
2170 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2171
2172 /**
2173 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2174 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2175 */
2176 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2177
2178 /**
2179 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2180 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2181 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2182 * @since 1.26
2183 */
2184 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2185
2186 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2187
2188 /************************************************************************//**
2189 * @name Cache settings
2190 * @{
2191 */
2192
2193 /**
2194 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2195 * from the web.
2196 *
2197 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2198 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2199 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2200 */
2201 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2202
2203 /**
2204 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2205 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2206 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2207 *
2208 * The options are:
2209 *
2210 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2211 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2212 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2213 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2214 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU, XCache or WinCache
2215 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2216 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2217 *
2218 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2219 */
2220 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2221
2222 /**
2223 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2224 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2225 *
2226 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2227 */
2228 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2229
2230 /**
2231 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2232 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2233 *
2234 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2235 */
2236 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2237
2238 /**
2239 * The cache type for storing session data.
2240 *
2241 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2242 */
2243 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2244
2245 /**
2246 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2247 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2248 *
2249 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2250 *
2251 * @since 1.20
2252 */
2253 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2254
2255 /**
2256 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2257 *
2258 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2259 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2260 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2261 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2262 *
2263 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2264 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2265 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2266 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2267 */
2268 $wgObjectCaches = [
2269 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => 'EmptyBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2270 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2271
2272 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2273 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2274 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2275
2276 'db-replicated' => [
2277 'class' => 'ReplicatedBagOStuff',
2278 'readFactory' => [
2279 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2280 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2281 ],
2282 'writeFactory' => [
2283 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2284 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2285 ],
2286 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2287 'reportDupes' => false
2288 ],
2289
2290 'apc' => [ 'class' => 'APCBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2291 'apcu' => [ 'class' => 'APCUBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2292 'xcache' => [ 'class' => 'XCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2293 'wincache' => [ 'class' => 'WinCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2294 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2295 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPeclBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2296 'hash' => [ 'class' => 'HashBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2297 ];
2298
2299 /**
2300 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2301 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2302 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2303 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2304 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2305 *
2306 * The options are:
2307 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2308 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2309 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2310 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2311 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2312 * @since 1.26
2313 */
2314 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2315
2316 /**
2317 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2318 *
2319 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2320 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2321 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2322 *
2323 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2324 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2325 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2326 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2327 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2328 *
2329 * @since 1.26
2330 */
2331 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2332 CACHE_NONE => [
2333 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2334 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2335 'channels' => []
2336 ]
2337 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2338 'memcached-php' => [
2339 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2340 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2341 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2342 ]
2343 */
2344 ];
2345
2346 /**
2347 * Verify and enforce WAN cache purges using reliable DB sources as streams.
2348 *
2349 * These secondary cache purges are de-duplicated via simple cache mutexes.
2350 * This improves consistency when cache purges are lost, which becomes more likely
2351 * as more cache servers are added or if there are multiple datacenters. Only keys
2352 * related to important mutable content will be checked.
2353 *
2354 * @var bool
2355 * @since 1.29
2356 */
2357 $wgEnableWANCacheReaper = false;
2358
2359 /**
2360 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2361 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2362 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2363 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2364 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2365 *
2366 * The options are:
2367 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2368 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2369 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2370 *
2371 * @since 1.26
2372 */
2373 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2374
2375 /**
2376 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2377 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2378 */
2379 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2380
2381 /**
2382 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2383 */
2384 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2385
2386 /**
2387 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2388 */
2389 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2390
2391 /**
2392 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2393 */
2394 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2395
2396 /**
2397 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2398 *
2399 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2400 *
2401 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2402 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2403 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2404 * others' cookies.
2405 *
2406 * @since 1.27
2407 * @var string
2408 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2409 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2410 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2411 */
2412 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2413
2414 /**
2415 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2416 *
2417 * @since 1.28
2418 */
2419 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2420
2421 /**
2422 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2423 */
2424 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2425
2426 /**
2427 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2428 */
2429 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2430
2431 /**
2432 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2433 * requests.
2434 */
2435 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2436
2437 /**
2438 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2439 */
2440 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2441
2442 /**
2443 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2444 *
2445 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2446 *
2447 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2448 *
2449 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2450 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2451 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2452 */
2453 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2454
2455 /**
2456 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2457 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2458 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2459 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2460 */
2461 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2462
2463 /**
2464 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2465 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2466 *
2467 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2468 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2469 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2470 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2471 * otherwise the database will be used.
2472 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2473 * store static arrays.
2474 *
2475 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2476 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2477 *
2478 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2479 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2480 * will be used.
2481 *
2482 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2483 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2484 */
2485 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2486 'class' => 'LocalisationCache',
2487 'store' => 'detect',
2488 'storeClass' => false,
2489 'storeDirectory' => false,
2490 'manualRecache' => false,
2491 ];
2492
2493 /**
2494 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2495 */
2496 $wgCachePages = true;
2497
2498 /**
2499 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2500 * client-side and server-side caching.
2501 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2502 * @verbatim
2503 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2504 * @endverbatim
2505 */
2506 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2507
2508 /**
2509 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2510 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2511 */
2512 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2513
2514 /**
2515 * Bump this number when changing the global style sheets and JavaScript.
2516 *
2517 * It should be appended in the query string of static CSS and JS includes,
2518 * to ensure that client-side caches do not keep obsolete copies of global
2519 * styles.
2520 */
2521 $wgStyleVersion = '303';
2522
2523 /**
2524 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2525 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2526 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2527 */
2528 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2529
2530 /**
2531 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2532 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2533 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2534 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2535 */
2536 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2537
2538 /**
2539 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2540 * @deprecated since 1.26
2541 */
2542 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2543
2544 /**
2545 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2546 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2547 */
2548 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2549
2550 /**
2551 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2552 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2553 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2554 *
2555 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2556 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2557 * don't update as expected.
2558 */
2559 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2560
2561 /**
2562 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2563 */
2564 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2565
2566 /**
2567 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2568 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2569 *
2570 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2571 */
2572 $wgUseGzip = false;
2573
2574 /**
2575 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2576 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2577 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2578 * a grace period.
2579 */
2580 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2581
2582 /**
2583 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2584 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2585 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2586 *
2587 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2588 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2589 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2590 */
2591 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2592
2593 /**
2594 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2595 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2596 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2597 *
2598 * @par Example:
2599 * @code
2600 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2601 * @endcode
2602 *
2603 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2604 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2605 *
2606 * @var int|bool
2607 */
2608 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2609
2610 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2611
2612 /************************************************************************//**
2613 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2614 *
2615 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2616 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2617 *
2618 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2619 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2620 * more details.
2621 *
2622 * @{
2623 */
2624
2625 /**
2626 * Enable/disable CDN.
2627 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2628 */
2629 $wgUseSquid = false;
2630
2631 /**
2632 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2633 */
2634 $wgUseESI = false;
2635
2636 /**
2637 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2638 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2639 * @since 1.27
2640 */
2641 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2642
2643 /**
2644 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2645 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2646 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2647 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2648 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2649 * HTTP redirects.
2650 */
2651 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2652
2653 /**
2654 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2655 *
2656 * @par Example:
2657 * @code
2658 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2659 * @endcode
2660 */
2661 $wgInternalServer = false;
2662
2663 /**
2664 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2665 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2666 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2667 *
2668 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2669 */
2670 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2671
2672 /**
2673 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2674 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2675 * @since 1.27
2676 */
2677 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2678
2679 /**
2680 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2681 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2682 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2683 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2684 *
2685 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2686 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2687 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2688 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2689 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2690 *
2691 * @since 1.27
2692 */
2693 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2694
2695 /**
2696 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2697 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2698 * @since 1.27
2699 */
2700 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2701
2702 /**
2703 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2704 *
2705 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2706 */
2707 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2708
2709 /**
2710 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2711 *
2712 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2713 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2714 *
2715 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2716 */
2717 $wgSquidServers = [];
2718
2719 /**
2720 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2721 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2722 * CIDR blocks.
2723 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2724 */
2725 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2726
2727 /**
2728 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2729 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2730 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2731 *
2732 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2733 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2734 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2735 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2736 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2737 *
2738 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2739 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2740 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2741 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2742 * reverse).
2743 *
2744 * @since 1.21
2745 */
2746 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2747
2748 /**
2749 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2750 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2751 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2752 *
2753 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2754 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2755 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2756 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2757 *
2758 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2759 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2760 * @code
2761 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2762 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2763 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2764 * 'port' => 4827,
2765 * ],
2766 * '' => [
2767 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2768 * 'port' => 4827,
2769 * ],
2770 * ];
2771 * @endcode
2772 *
2773 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2774 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2775 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2776 *
2777 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2778 * @code
2779 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2780 * '' => [
2781 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2782 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2783 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2784 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2785 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2786 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2787 * ],
2788 * ];
2789 * @endcode
2790 *
2791 * @since 1.22
2792 *
2793 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2794 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2795 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2796 *
2797 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2798 */
2799 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2800
2801 /**
2802 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2803 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2804 */
2805 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2806
2807 /**
2808 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2809 */
2810 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2811
2812 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2813
2814 /************************************************************************//**
2815 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2816 * @{
2817 */
2818
2819 /**
2820 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2821 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2822 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2823 *
2824 * Warning: Don't use any of MediaWiki's deprecated language codes listed in
2825 * LanguageCode::getDeprecatedCodeMapping or $wgDummyLanguageCodes, like "no"
2826 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead). If you do, things will break unexpectedly.
2827 *
2828 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2829 * change it in their preferences.
2830 *
2831 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2832 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2833 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2834 */
2835 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2836
2837 /**
2838 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2839 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2840 */
2841 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2842
2843 /**
2844 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2845 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2846 *
2847 * @par Example:
2848 * @code
2849 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2850 * @endcode
2851 */
2852 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2853
2854 /**
2855 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2856 */
2857 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2858
2859 /**
2860 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2861 */
2862 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2863
2864 /**
2865 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2866 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2867 * Notes:
2868 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2869 * map.
2870 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2871 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2872 * this array.
2873 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2874 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2875 * the prefix in this array.
2876 */
2877 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2878
2879 /**
2880 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2881 */
2882 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2883
2884 /**
2885 * List of mappings from one language code to another.
2886 * This array makes the codes not appear as a selectable language on the
2887 * installer, and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2888 *
2889 * In Setup.php, the variable $wgDummyLanguageCodes is created by combining
2890 * these codes with a list of "deprecated" codes, which are mostly leftovers
2891 * from renames or other legacy things, and the internal codes 'qqq' and 'qqx'.
2892 * If a mapping in $wgExtraLanguageCodes collide with a built-in mapping, the
2893 * value in $wgExtraLanguageCodes will be used.
2894 *
2895 * @since 1.29
2896 */
2897 $wgExtraLanguageCodes = [
2898 'bh' => 'bho', // Bihari language family
2899 'no' => 'nb', // Norwegian language family
2900 'simple' => 'en', // Simple English
2901 ];
2902
2903 /**
2904 * Functionally the same as $wgExtraLanguageCodes, but deprecated. Instead of
2905 * appending values to this array, append them to $wgExtraLanguageCodes.
2906 *
2907 * @deprecated since 1.29
2908 */
2909 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [];
2910
2911 /**
2912 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2913 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2914 * set to "ar".
2915 *
2916 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2917 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2918 */
2919 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
2920
2921 /**
2922 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
2923 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2924 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
2925 * support these characters.
2926 *
2927 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
2928 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
2929 */
2930 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
2931
2932 /**
2933 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
2934 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
2935 * impact.
2936 *
2937 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
2938 * details.
2939 *
2940 * @since 1.17
2941 */
2942 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
2943
2944 /**
2945 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
2946 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
2947 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
2948 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
2949 *
2950 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
2951 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
2952 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
2953 */
2954 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
2955
2956 /**
2957 * Browser Blacklist for unicode non compliant browsers. Contains a list of
2958 * regexps : "/regexp/" matching problematic browsers. These browsers will
2959 * be served encoded unicode in the edit box instead of real unicode.
2960 */
2961 $wgBrowserBlackList = [
2962 /**
2963 * Netscape 2-4 detection
2964 * The minor version may contain strings such as "Gold" or "SGoldC-SGI"
2965 * Lots of non-netscape user agents have "compatible", so it's useful to check for that
2966 * with a negative assertion. The [UIN] identifier specifies the level of security
2967 * in a Netscape/Mozilla browser, checking for it rules out a number of fakers.
2968 * The language string is unreliable, it is missing on NS4 Mac.
2969 *
2970 * Reference: http://www.psychedelix.com/agents/index.shtml
2971 */
2972 '/^Mozilla\/2\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2973 '/^Mozilla\/3\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2974 '/^Mozilla\/4\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2975
2976 /**
2977 * MSIE on Mac OS 9 is teh sux0r, converts þ to <thorn>, ð to <eth>,
2978 * Þ to <THORN> and Ð to <ETH>
2979 *
2980 * Known useragents:
2981 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.0; Mac_PowerPC)
2982 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.15; Mac_PowerPC)
2983 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.23; Mac_PowerPC)
2984 * - [...]
2985 *
2986 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?diff=12356041&oldid=12355864
2987 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Template%3AOS9
2988 */
2989 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE \d+\.\d+; Mac_PowerPC\)/',
2990
2991 /**
2992 * Google wireless transcoder, seems to eat a lot of chars alive
2993 * https://it.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Luciano_Ligabue&diff=prev&oldid=8857361
2994 */
2995 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE 6.0; Windows NT 5.0; Google Wireless Transcoder;\)/'
2996 ];
2997
2998 /**
2999 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
3000 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
3001 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
3002 *
3003 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
3004 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
3005 * to remain viewable.
3006 *
3007 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
3008 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
3009 */
3010 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
3011
3012 /**
3013 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
3014 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
3015 */
3016 $wgAmericanDates = false;
3017
3018 /**
3019 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3020 * numerals in interface.
3021 */
3022 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3023
3024 /**
3025 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3026 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3027 */
3028 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3029
3030 /**
3031 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3032 */
3033 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3034
3035 /**
3036 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3037 */
3038 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3039
3040 /**
3041 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3042 */
3043 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3044
3045 /**
3046 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3047 */
3048 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3049
3050 /**
3051 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3052 */
3053 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3054
3055 /**
3056 * Whether to enable the pig latin variant of English (en-x-piglatin),
3057 * used to ease variant development work.
3058 */
3059 $wgUsePigLatinVariant = false;
3060
3061 /**
3062 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3063 *
3064 * @par Example:
3065 * @code
3066 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3067 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3068 * @endcode
3069 */
3070 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3071
3072 /**
3073 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3074 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3075 * language variant.
3076 *
3077 * @par Example:
3078 * @code
3079 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3080 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3081 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3082 * @endcode
3083 *
3084 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3085 *
3086 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3087 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3088 */
3089 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3090
3091 /**
3092 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3093 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3094 * customise these.
3095 */
3096 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3097
3098 /**
3099 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3100 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3101 *
3102 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3103 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3104 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3105 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3106 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3107 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3108 * the default behavior.
3109 *
3110 * @par Example:
3111 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3112 * portal:
3113 * @code
3114 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3115 * @endcode
3116 */
3117 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3118
3119 /**
3120 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3121 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3122 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3123 *
3124 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3125 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3126 *
3127 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3128 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3129 *
3130 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3131 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3132 *
3133 * @par Examples:
3134 * @code
3135 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3136 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3137 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3138 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3139 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3140 * @endcode
3141 */
3142 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3143
3144 /**
3145 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3146 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3147 *
3148 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3149 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3150 *
3151 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3152 */
3153 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3154
3155 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3156
3157 /*************************************************************************//**
3158 * @name Output format and skin settings
3159 * @{
3160 */
3161
3162 /**
3163 * The default Content-Type header.
3164 */
3165 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3166
3167 /**
3168 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3169 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3170 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3171 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3172 * @deprecated since 1.22
3173 */
3174 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3175
3176 /**
3177 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3178 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3179 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3180 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3181 * @deprecated since 1.22
3182 */
3183 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3184
3185 /**
3186 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3187 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3188 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3189 * to true by Setup.php.
3190 * @deprecated since 1.22
3191 */
3192 $wgHtml5 = true;
3193
3194 /**
3195 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3196 *
3197 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3198 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3199 * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3200 * @since 1.16
3201 */
3202 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3203
3204 /**
3205 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3206 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3207 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3208 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3209 * @since 1.24
3210 */
3211 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3212
3213 /**
3214 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3215 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3216 * stable and change has been communicated.
3217 * @since 1.24
3218 */
3219 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3220
3221 /**
3222 * Temporary variable that determines whether the EditPage class should use OOjs UI or not.
3223 * This will be removed later and OOjs UI will become the only option.
3224 *
3225 * @since 1.29
3226 */
3227 $wgOOUIEditPage = true;
3228
3229 /**
3230 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3231 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3232 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3233 *
3234 * @since 1.28
3235 */
3236 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3237
3238 /**
3239 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3240 *
3241 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3242 *
3243 * @par Example:
3244 * @code
3245 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3246 * @endcode
3247 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3248 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3249 *
3250 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3251 */
3252 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3253
3254 /**
3255 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3256 *
3257 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3258 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3259 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3260 */
3261 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3262
3263 /**
3264 * If this is set, a "donate" link will appear in the sidebar. Set it to a URL.
3265 */
3266 $wgSiteSupportPage = '';
3267
3268 /**
3269 * Validate the overall output using tidy and refuse
3270 * to display the page if it's not valid.
3271 */
3272 $wgValidateAllHtml = false;
3273
3274 /**
3275 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3276 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3277 */
3278 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3279
3280 /**
3281 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3282 *
3283 * @since 1.24
3284 */
3285 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3286
3287 /**
3288 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3289 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3290 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3291 */
3292 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3293
3294 /**
3295 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3296 */
3297 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3298
3299 /**
3300 * Allow user Javascript page?
3301 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3302 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3303 */
3304 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3305
3306 /**
3307 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3308 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3309 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3310 */
3311 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3312
3313 /**
3314 * Allow user-preferences implemented in CSS?
3315 * This allows users to customise the site appearance to a greater
3316 * degree; disabling it will improve page load times.
3317 */
3318 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3319
3320 /**
3321 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3322 */
3323 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3324
3325 /**
3326 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3327 */
3328 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3329
3330 /**
3331 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3332 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3333 */
3334 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3335
3336 /**
3337 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3338 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3339 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3340 *
3341 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3342 *
3343 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3344 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3345 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3346 *
3347 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3348 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3349 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3350 * recommended.
3351 *
3352 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3353 * not just edit pages.
3354 */
3355 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3356
3357 /**
3358 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3359 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3360 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3361 * Options are:
3362 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3363 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3364 * - false: Allow all framing.
3365 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3366 */
3367 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3368
3369 /**
3370 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3371 */
3372 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3373
3374 /**
3375 * Abandoned experiment with HTML5-style ID escaping. Normalized IDs a bit
3376 * too aggressively, breaking preexisting content (particularly Cite).
3377 * See T29733, T29694, T29474.
3378 *
3379 * @deprecated since 1.30, use $wgFragmentMode
3380 */
3381 $wgExperimentalHtmlIds = false;
3382
3383 /**
3384 * How should section IDs be encoded?
3385 * This array can contain 1 or 2 elements, each of them can be one of:
3386 * - 'html5' is modern HTML5 style encoding with minimal escaping. Allows to
3387 * display Unicode characters in many browsers' address bars.
3388 * - 'legacy' is old MediaWiki-style encoding, e.g. 啤酒 turns into .E5.95.A4.E9.85.92
3389 * - 'html5-legacy' corresponds to DEPRECATED $wgExperimentalHtmlIds mode. DO NOT use
3390 * it for anything but migration off that mode (see below).
3391 *
3392 * The first element of this array specifies the primary mode of escaping IDs. This
3393 * is what users will see when they e.g. follow an [[#internal link]] to a section of
3394 * a page.
3395 *
3396 * The optional second element defines a fallback mode, useful for migrations.
3397 * If present, it will direct MediaWiki to add empty <span>s to every section with its
3398 * id attribute set to fallback encoded title so that links using the previous encoding
3399 * would still work.
3400 *
3401 * Example: you want to migrate your wiki from 'legacy' to 'html5'
3402 *
3403 * On the first step, set this variable to [ 'legacy', 'html5' ]. After a while, when
3404 * all caches (parser, HTTP, etc.) contain only pages generated with this setting,
3405 * flip the value to [ 'html5', 'legacy' ]. This will result in all internal links being
3406 * generated in the new encoding while old links (both external and cached internal) will
3407 * still work. After a long time, you might want to ditch backwards compatibility and
3408 * set it to [ 'html5' ]. After all, pages get edited, breaking incoming links no matter which
3409 * fragment mode is used.
3410 *
3411 * @since 1.30
3412 */
3413 $wgFragmentMode = [ 'legacy' ];
3414
3415 /**
3416 * Which ID escaping mode should be used for external interwiki links? See documentation
3417 * for $wgFragmentMode above for details of each mode. Because you can't control external sites,
3418 * this setting should probably always be 'legacy', unless every wiki you link to has converted
3419 * to 'html5'.
3420 *
3421 * @since 1.30
3422 */
3423 $wgExternalInterwikiFragmentMode = 'legacy';
3424
3425 /**
3426 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3427 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3428 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3429 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3430 *
3431 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3432 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3433 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3434 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3435 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3436 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3437 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3438 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3439 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3440 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3441 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3442 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3443 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3444 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3445 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3446 * not be outputted
3447 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3448 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3449 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3450 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3451 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3452 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3453 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3454 */
3455 $wgFooterIcons = [
3456 "copyright" => [
3457 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3458 ],
3459 "poweredby" => [
3460 "mediawiki" => [
3461 // Defaults to point at
3462 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3463 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3464 "src" => null,
3465 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3466 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3467 ]
3468 ],
3469 ];
3470
3471 /**
3472 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3473 * to create an account.
3474 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3475 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3476 */
3477 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3478
3479 /**
3480 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3481 */
3482 $wgEdititis = false;
3483
3484 /**
3485 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3486 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3487 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3488 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3489 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3490 *
3491 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3492 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3493 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3494 */
3495 $wgSend404Code = true;
3496
3497 /**
3498 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3499 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3500 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3501 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3502 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3503 *
3504 * @since 1.20
3505 */
3506 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3507
3508 /**
3509 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3510 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3511 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3512 * unconditionally.
3513 */
3514 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3515
3516 /**
3517 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3518 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3519 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3520 * the domain root.
3521 *
3522 * @since 1.25
3523 */
3524 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3525
3526 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3527
3528 /*************************************************************************//**
3529 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3530 * @{
3531 */
3532
3533 /**
3534 * Client-side resource modules.
3535 *
3536 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3537 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3538 *
3539 * @par Example:
3540 * @code
3541 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3542 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3543 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3544 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3545 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3546 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3547 * ];
3548 * @endcode
3549 */
3550 $wgResourceModules = [];
3551
3552 /**
3553 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3554 *
3555 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3556 * not be modified or disabled.
3557 *
3558 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3559 *
3560 * @par Example:
3561 * @code
3562 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3563 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3564 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3565 * ];
3566 *
3567 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3568 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3569 * ];
3570 * @endcode
3571 *
3572 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3573 *
3574 * @par Equivalent:
3575 * @code
3576 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3577 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3578 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3579 * 'skinStyles' => [
3580 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3581 * ],
3582 * ];
3583 * @endcode
3584 *
3585 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3586 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3587 *
3588 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3589 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3590 *
3591 * @par Example:
3592 * @code
3593 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3594 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3595 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3596 * 'skinStyles' => [
3597 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3598 * ],
3599 * ];
3600 * // Note the '+' character:
3601 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3602 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3603 * ];
3604 * @endcode
3605 *
3606 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3607 *
3608 * @par Equivalent:
3609 * @code
3610 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3611 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3612 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3613 * 'skinStyles' => [
3614 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3615 * 'foo' => [
3616 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3617 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3618 * ],
3619 * ],
3620 * ];
3621 * @endcode
3622 *
3623 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3624 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3625 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3626 *
3627 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3628 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3629 *
3630 * @par Example:
3631 * @code
3632 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3633 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3634 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3635 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3636 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3637 * ];
3638 * @endcode
3639 */
3640 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3641
3642 /**
3643 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3644 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3645 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3646 *
3647 * @par Example:
3648 * @code
3649 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3650 * @endcode
3651 */
3652 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3653
3654 /**
3655 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3656 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3657 */
3658 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3659
3660 /**
3661 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3662 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3663 *
3664 * Following options to distinguish:
3665 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3666 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3667 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3668 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3669 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3670 *
3671 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3672 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3673 * client and MediaWiki.
3674 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3675 */
3676 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3677 'versioned' => [
3678 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3679 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3680 ],
3681 'unversioned' => [
3682 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3683 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3684 ],
3685 ];
3686
3687 /**
3688 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3689 *
3690 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3691 */
3692 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3693
3694 /**
3695 * Put each statement on its own line when minifying JavaScript. This makes
3696 * debugging in non-debug mode a bit easier.
3697 *
3698 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always false; no longer configurable.
3699 */
3700 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierStatementsOnOwnLine = false;
3701
3702 /**
3703 * Maximum line length when minifying JavaScript. This is not a hard maximum:
3704 * the minifier will try not to produce lines longer than this, but may be
3705 * forced to do so in certain cases.
3706 *
3707 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always 1,000; no longer configurable.
3708 */
3709 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierMaxLineLength = 1000;
3710
3711 /**
3712 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3713 *
3714 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3715 */
3716 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3717
3718 /**
3719 * Use jQuery 3 (with jQuery Migrate) instead of jQuery 1.
3720 *
3721 * This is a temporary feature flag for the MediaWiki 1.29 development cycle while
3722 * instabilities with jQuery 3 are being addressed. See T124742.
3723 *
3724 * @deprecated since 1.29
3725 */
3726 $wgUsejQueryThree = true;
3727
3728 /**
3729 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3730 *
3731 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3732 * work.
3733 *
3734 * @par Example of legacy code:
3735 * @code{,js}
3736 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3737 * @endcode
3738 * or:
3739 * @code{,js}
3740 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3741 * @endcode
3742 *
3743 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3744 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3745 * @code{,js}
3746 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3747 * @endcode
3748 * or:
3749 * @code{,js}
3750 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3751 * @endcode
3752 */
3753 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3754
3755 /**
3756 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3757 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3758 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3759 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3760 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3761 * that you can't increase.
3762 *
3763 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3764 * string length limit.
3765 *
3766 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3767 */
3768 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3769
3770 /**
3771 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3772 * prior to minification to validate it.
3773 *
3774 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3775 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3776 */
3777 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3778
3779 /**
3780 * If set to true, statically-sourced (file-backed) JavaScript resources will
3781 * be parsed for validity before being bundled up into ResourceLoader modules.
3782 *
3783 * This can be helpful for development by providing better error messages in
3784 * default (non-debug) mode, but JavaScript parsing is slow and memory hungry
3785 * and may fail on large pre-bundled frameworks.
3786 */
3787 $wgResourceLoaderValidateStaticJS = false;
3788
3789 /**
3790 * Global LESS variables. An associative array binding variable names to
3791 * LESS code snippets representing their values.
3792 *
3793 * Adding an item here is equivalent to writing `@variable: value;`
3794 * at the beginning of all your .less files, with all the consequences.
3795 * In particular, string values must be escaped and quoted.
3796 *
3797 * Changes to this configuration do NOT trigger cache invalidation.
3798 *
3799 * @par Example:
3800 * @code
3801 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3802 * 'exampleFontSize' => '1em',
3803 * 'exampleBlue' => '#eee',
3804 * ];
3805 * @endcode
3806 * @since 1.22
3807 * @deprecated since 1.30 Use ResourceLoaderModule::getLessVars() instead to
3808 * add variables to individual modules that need them.
3809 */
3810 $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3811 /**
3812 * Minimum available screen width at which a device can be considered a tablet/desktop
3813 * The number is currently based on the device width of a Samsung Galaxy S5 mini and is low
3814 * enough to cover iPad (768px). Number is prone to change with new information.
3815 * @since 1.27
3816 */
3817 'deviceWidthTablet' => '720px',
3818 ];
3819
3820 /**
3821 * Default import paths for LESS modules. LESS files referenced in @import
3822 * statements will be looked up here first, and relative to the importing file
3823 * second. To avoid collisions, it's important for the LESS files in these
3824 * directories to have a common, predictable file name prefix.
3825 *
3826 * Extensions need not (and should not) register paths in
3827 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths. The import path includes the path of the
3828 * currently compiling LESS file, which allows each extension to freely import
3829 * files from its own tree.
3830 *
3831 * @since 1.22
3832 */
3833 $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths = [
3834 "$IP/resources/src/mediawiki.less/",
3835 ];
3836
3837 /**
3838 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3839 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3840 */
3841 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3842
3843 /**
3844 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3845 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3846 *
3847 * @since 1.23
3848 */
3849 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3850
3851 /**
3852 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3853 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3854 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3855 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3856 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3857 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3858 * from the rest of the site.
3859 *
3860 * @since 1.25
3861 */
3862 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3863
3864 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3865
3866 /*************************************************************************//**
3867 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3868 * @{
3869 */
3870
3871 /**
3872 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3873 * used instead.
3874 */
3875 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3876
3877 /**
3878 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3879 *
3880 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3881 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3882 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3883 */
3884 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3885
3886 /**
3887 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3888 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3889 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3890 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3891 * hook or extension.json.
3892 *
3893 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3894 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3895 * the new namespace name.
3896 *
3897 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3898 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3899 *
3900 * @par Example:
3901 * @code
3902 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3903 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3904 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3905 * 102 => "Aide",
3906 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3907 * ];
3908 * @endcode
3909 *
3910 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3911 */
3912 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3913
3914 /**
3915 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3916 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3917 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3918 * @since 1.18
3919 */
3920 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3921
3922 /**
3923 * Namespace aliases.
3924 *
3925 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3926 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3927 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3928 * name.
3929 *
3930 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3931 *
3932 * @par Example:
3933 * @code
3934 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3935 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3936 * 'Help' => 100,
3937 * ];
3938 * @endcode
3939 */
3940 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3941
3942 /**
3943 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3944 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3945 *
3946 * Problematic punctuation:
3947 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3948 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3949 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3950 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3951 * corrupted by apache
3952 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3953 *
3954 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3955 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3956 *
3957 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3958 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3959 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3960 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3961 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3962 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3963 *
3964 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3965 *
3966 * Theoretically 0x80-0x9F of ISO 8859-1 should be disallowed, but
3967 * this breaks interlanguage links
3968 */
3969 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3970
3971 /**
3972 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3973 *
3974 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3975 */
3976 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3977
3978 /**
3979 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3980 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3981 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3982 *
3983 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3984 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3985 */
3986 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3987
3988 /**
3989 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3990 */
3991 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3992
3993 /**
3994 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3995 * @{
3996 */
3997
3998 /**
3999 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
4000 * database (.cdb) file.
4001 *
4002 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
4003 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
4004 * formats such as the following:
4005 *
4006 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
4007 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
4008 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
4009 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
4010 *
4011 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
4012 * data layout.
4013 *
4014 * @var bool|array|string
4015 */
4016 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
4017
4018 /**
4019 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
4020 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
4021 * - 2: wiki and global levels
4022 * - 3: site levels
4023 */
4024 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
4025
4026 /**
4027 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
4028 */
4029 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
4030
4031 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
4032
4033 /**
4034 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
4035 * @{
4036 */
4037
4038 /**
4039 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
4040 */
4041 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
4042
4043 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
4044
4045 /**
4046 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
4047 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
4048 * as 'redirected from' links.
4049 *
4050 * @par Example:
4051 * It might look something like this:
4052 * @code
4053 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
4054 * @endcode
4055 *
4056 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
4057 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
4058 * the URL.
4059 */
4060 $wgRedirectSources = false;
4061
4062 /**
4063 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
4064 *
4065 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
4066 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
4067 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
4068 */
4069 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
4070
4071 /**
4072 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
4073 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
4074 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
4075 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
4076 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
4077 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
4078 * NS_FILE.
4079 *
4080 * @par Example:
4081 * @code
4082 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4083 * @endcode
4084 */
4085 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4086
4087 /**
4088 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4089 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4090 */
4091 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4092 NS_TALK => true,
4093 NS_USER => true,
4094 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4095 NS_PROJECT => true,
4096 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4097 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4098 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4099 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4100 NS_TEMPLATE => true,
4101 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4102 NS_HELP => true,
4103 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4104 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4105 ];
4106
4107 /**
4108 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4109 *
4110 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4111 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4112 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4113 *
4114 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4115 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4116 *
4117 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4118 * the new extension registration system.
4119 *
4120 * @since 1.23
4121 */
4122 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4123
4124 /**
4125 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4126 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4127 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4128 * number of articles in the wiki.
4129 */
4130 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4131
4132 /**
4133 * Optional array of namespaces which should be blacklisted from Special:ShortPages
4134 * Only pages inside $wgContentNamespaces but not $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist will
4135 * be shown on that page.
4136 * @since 1.30
4137 */
4138 $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist = [];
4139
4140 /**
4141 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4142 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4143 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4144 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4145 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4146 */
4147 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4148
4149 /**
4150 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4151 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4152 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4153 */
4154 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4155
4156 /**
4157 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4158 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4159 * will make the redirect fail.
4160 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4161 * (T12569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4162 *
4163 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4164 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4165 */
4166 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4167
4168 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4169
4170 /************************************************************************//**
4171 * @name Parser settings
4172 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4173 * @{
4174 */
4175
4176 /**
4177 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4178 *
4179 * class The class name
4180 *
4181 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4182 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4183 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4184 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4185 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4186 *
4187 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4188 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4189 *
4190 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4191 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4192 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4193 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4194 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4195 * an extension setup function.
4196 */
4197 $wgParserConf = [
4198 'class' => 'Parser',
4199 # 'preprocessorClass' => 'Preprocessor_Hash',
4200 ];
4201
4202 /**
4203 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4204 */
4205 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4206
4207 /**
4208 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4209 * by PPFrame::expand()
4210 */
4211 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4212
4213 /**
4214 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4215 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4216 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4217 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4218 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4219 *
4220 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4221 */
4222 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4223
4224 /**
4225 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4226 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4227 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4228 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4229 */
4230 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4231
4232 /**
4233 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4234 */
4235 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4236
4237 /**
4238 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4239 *
4240 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4241 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4242 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See task T46011 for
4243 * more information.
4244 *
4245 * @see wfParseUrl
4246 */
4247 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4248 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4249 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4250 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4251 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4252 ];
4253
4254 /**
4255 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4256 */
4257 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4258
4259 /**
4260 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4261 */
4262 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4263
4264 /**
4265 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4266 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4267 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4268 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4269 *
4270 * @par Examples:
4271 * @code
4272 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4273 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4274 * @endcode
4275 */
4276 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4277
4278 /**
4279 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4280 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4281 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4282 * The image will be displayed.
4283 *
4284 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4285 * Or false to disable it
4286 */
4287 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4288
4289 /**
4290 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4291 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4292 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4293 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4294 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4295 * sites they control.
4296 */
4297 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4298
4299 /**
4300 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4301 * array to enable an external tool. Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" is typically
4302 * used. See https://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4303 *
4304 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4305 * parameters will be used instead.
4306 *
4307 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4308 *
4309 * Keys are:
4310 * - driver: May be:
4311 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4312 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4313 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4314 * - Html5Depurate: Use external Depurate service
4315 * - Html5Internal: Use the Balancer library in PHP
4316 * - RemexHtml: Use the RemexHtml library in PHP
4317 *
4318 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4319 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4320 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4321 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4322 */
4323 $wgTidyConfig = null;
4324
4325 /**
4326 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4327 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4328 */
4329 $wgUseTidy = false;
4330
4331 /**
4332 * The path to the tidy binary.
4333 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4334 */
4335 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4336
4337 /**
4338 * The path to the tidy config file
4339 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4340 */
4341 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4342
4343 /**
4344 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4345 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4346 */
4347 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4348
4349 /**
4350 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4351 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4352 */
4353 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4354
4355 /**
4356 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4357 * Only works for internal tidy.
4358 */
4359 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4360
4361 /**
4362 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4363 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4364 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4365 */
4366 $wgRawHtml = false;
4367
4368 /**
4369 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4370 *
4371 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4372 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4373 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4374 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4375 * to some of your users.
4376 */
4377 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4378
4379 /**
4380 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4381 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4382 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4383 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4384 */
4385 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4386
4387 /**
4388 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4389 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4390 */
4391 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4392
4393 /**
4394 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4395 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4396 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4397 *
4398 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4399 *
4400 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4401 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4402 * etc.
4403 *
4404 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4405 */
4406 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4407
4408 /**
4409 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4410 */
4411 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4412
4413 /**
4414 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4415 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4416 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4417 */
4418 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4419
4420 /**
4421 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4422 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4423 */
4424 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4425
4426 /**
4427 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4428 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4429 */
4430 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4431
4432 /**
4433 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4434 */
4435 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4436
4437 /**
4438 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in transcache database table.
4439 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4440 */
4441 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4442
4443 /**
4444 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4445 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4446 *
4447 * @since 1.28
4448 */
4449 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4450 'ISBN' => false,
4451 'PMID' => false,
4452 'RFC' => false
4453 ];
4454
4455 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4456
4457 /************************************************************************//**
4458 * @name Statistics
4459 * @{
4460 */
4461
4462 /**
4463 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4464 * as a valid article.
4465 *
4466 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4467 *
4468 * This variable can have the following values:
4469 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4470 * - 'comma': the page must contain a comma to be considered valid
4471 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4472 *
4473 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4474 *
4475 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4476 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4477 * script.
4478 */
4479 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4480
4481 /**
4482 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4483 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4484 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4485 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4486 * numbers between different wikis.
4487 */
4488 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4489
4490 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4491
4492 /************************************************************************//**
4493 * @name User accounts, authentication
4494 * @{
4495 */
4496
4497 /**
4498 * Central ID lookup providers
4499 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4500 * @since 1.27
4501 */
4502 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4503 'local' => [ 'class' => 'LocalIdLookup' ],
4504 ];
4505
4506 /**
4507 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4508 * @var string
4509 */
4510 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4511
4512 /**
4513 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4514 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4515 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4516 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4517 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4518 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4519 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4520 * Statements:
4521 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4522 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4523 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4524 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4525 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4526 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4527 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4528 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4529 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4530 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4531 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4532 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4533 * @since 1.26
4534 */
4535 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4536 'policies' => [
4537 'bureaucrat' => [
4538 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4539 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4540 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4541 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4542 ],
4543 'sysop' => [
4544 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4545 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4546 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4547 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4548 ],
4549 'bot' => [
4550 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4551 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4552 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4553 ],
4554 'default' => [
4555 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4556 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4557 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4558 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4559 ],
4560 ],
4561 'checks' => [
4562 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4563 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4564 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4565 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4566 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4567 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4568 ],
4569 ];
4570
4571 /**
4572 * Configure AuthManager
4573 *
4574 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4575 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4576 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4577 * (default is 0).
4578 *
4579 * Elements are:
4580 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4581 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4582 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4583 *
4584 * @since 1.27
4585 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4586 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4587 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4588 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4589 */
4590 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4591
4592 /**
4593 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4594 * @since 1.27
4595 */
4596 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4597 'preauth' => [
4598 MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4599 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4600 'sort' => 0,
4601 ],
4602 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4603 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4604 'sort' => 0,
4605 ],
4606 ],
4607 'primaryauth' => [
4608 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4609 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4610 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4611 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4612 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4613 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4614 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4615 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4616 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4617 'args' => [ [
4618 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4619 'authoritative' => false,
4620 ] ],
4621 'sort' => 0,
4622 ],
4623 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4624 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4625 'args' => [ [
4626 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4627 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4628 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4629 // password") if it too fails.
4630 'authoritative' => true,
4631 ] ],
4632 'sort' => 100,
4633 ],
4634 ],
4635 'secondaryauth' => [
4636 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4637 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4638 'sort' => 0,
4639 ],
4640 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4641 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4642 'sort' => 100,
4643 ],
4644 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4645 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4646 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4647 // 'sort' => 100,
4648 // ],
4649 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4650 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4651 'sort' => 200,
4652 ],
4653 ],
4654 ];
4655
4656 /**
4657 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4658 *
4659 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4660 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4661 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4662 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4663 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4664 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4665 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4666 * that needs to do this.
4667 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4668 * the last X seconds.
4669 * - Come up with a third option.
4670 *
4671 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4672 * "X seconds".
4673 *
4674 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4675 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4676 * - LinkAccounts
4677 * - UnlinkAccount
4678 * - ChangeCredentials
4679 * - RemoveCredentials
4680 * - ChangeEmail
4681 *
4682 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4683 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4684 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4685 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4686 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4687 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4688 *
4689 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4690 *
4691 * @since 1.27
4692 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4693 */
4694 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4695 'default' => 300,
4696 ];
4697
4698 /**
4699 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4700 *
4701 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4702 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4703 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4704 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4705 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4706 *
4707 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4708 *
4709 * @since 1.27
4710 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4711 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4712 */
4713 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4714 'default' => true,
4715 ];
4716
4717 /**
4718 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4719 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4720 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4721 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4722 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4723 * @since 1.27
4724 * @var string[]
4725 */
4726 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4727 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4728 ];
4729
4730 /**
4731 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4732 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4733 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4734 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4735 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4736 * @since 1.27
4737 * @var string[]
4738 */
4739 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4740 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4741 ];
4742
4743 /**
4744 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4745 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4746 */
4747 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4748
4749 /**
4750 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4751 * words are allowed.
4752 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4753 */
4754 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4755
4756 /**
4757 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4758 *
4759 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4760 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4761 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4762 *
4763 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4764 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4765 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4766 */
4767 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4768
4769 /**
4770 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4771 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4772 * @since 1.23
4773 */
4774 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4775
4776 /**
4777 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4778 *
4779 * @since 1.24
4780 */
4781 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4782
4783 /**
4784 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4785 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4786 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4787 *
4788 * An advanced example:
4789 * @code
4790 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4791 * 'class' => 'EncryptedPassword',
4792 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4793 * 'secrets' => [],
4794 * 'cipher' => MCRYPT_RIJNDAEL_256,
4795 * 'mode' => MCRYPT_MODE_CBC,
4796 * 'cost' => 5,
4797 * ];
4798 * @endcode
4799 *
4800 * @since 1.24
4801 */
4802 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4803 'A' => [
4804 'class' => 'MWOldPassword',
4805 ],
4806 'B' => [
4807 'class' => 'MWSaltedPassword',
4808 ],
4809 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4810 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4811 'types' => [
4812 'A',
4813 'pbkdf2',
4814 ],
4815 ],
4816 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4817 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4818 'types' => [
4819 'B',
4820 'pbkdf2',
4821 ],
4822 ],
4823 'bcrypt' => [
4824 'class' => 'BcryptPassword',
4825 'cost' => 9,
4826 ],
4827 'pbkdf2' => [
4828 'class' => 'Pbkdf2Password',
4829 'algo' => 'sha512',
4830 'cost' => '30000',
4831 'length' => '64',
4832 ],
4833 ];
4834
4835 /**
4836 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4837 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4838 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4839 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4840 */
4841 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4842 'username' => true,
4843 'email' => true,
4844 ];
4845
4846 /**
4847 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4848 */
4849 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4850
4851 /**
4852 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4853 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4854 */
4855 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4856
4857 /**
4858 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4859 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4860 */
4861 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4862 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4863 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4864 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4865 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4866 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4867 'Unknown user', // Used in WikiImporter when importing revisions with no author
4868 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4869 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4870 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4871 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4872 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4873 ];
4874
4875 /**
4876 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4877 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4878 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4879 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4880 */
4881 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4882 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4883 'cols' => 80, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4884 'date' => 'default',
4885 'diffonly' => 0,
4886 'disablemail' => 0,
4887 'editfont' => 'default',
4888 'editondblclick' => 0,
4889 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4890 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4891 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4892 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4893 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4894 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4895 'fancysig' => 0,
4896 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4897 'gender' => 'unknown',
4898 'hideminor' => 0,
4899 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4900 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4901 'imagesize' => 2,
4902 'math' => 1,
4903 'minordefault' => 0,
4904 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4905 'nickname' => '',
4906 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4907 'numberheadings' => 0,
4908 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4909 'previewontop' => 1,
4910 'rcdays' => 7,
4911 'rcenhancedfilters' => 0,
4912 'rclimit' => 50,
4913 'rows' => 25, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4914 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4915 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4916 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4917 'skin' => false,
4918 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4919 'thumbsize' => 5,
4920 'underline' => 2,
4921 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4922 'usenewrc' => 1,
4923 'watchcreations' => 1,
4924 'watchdefault' => 1,
4925 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4926 'watchuploads' => 1,
4927 'watchlistdays' => 3.0,
4928 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4929 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4930 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4931 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4932 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4933 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4934 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4935 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4936 'watchmoves' => 0,
4937 'watchrollback' => 0,
4938 'wllimit' => 250,
4939 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4940 'prefershttps' => 1,
4941 ];
4942
4943 /**
4944 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4945 */
4946 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4947
4948 /**
4949 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4950 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4951 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4952 */
4953 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4954
4955 /**
4956 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4957 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4958 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4959 *
4960 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4961 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4962 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4963 */
4964 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4965
4966 /**
4967 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4968 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4969 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4970 * @since 1.17
4971 */
4972 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4973
4974 /**
4975 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4976 *
4977 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4978 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4979 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4980 *
4981 * @since 1.27
4982 * @var string|null
4983 */
4984 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4985
4986 /**
4987 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4988 *
4989 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4990 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4991 *
4992 * @since 1.27
4993 */
4994 $wgSessionProviders = [
4995 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4996 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4997 'args' => [ [
4998 'priority' => 30,
4999 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
5000 ] ],
5001 ],
5002 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
5003 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
5004 'args' => [ [
5005 'priority' => 75,
5006 ] ],
5007 ],
5008 ];
5009
5010 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
5011
5012 /************************************************************************//**
5013 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
5014 * @{
5015 */
5016
5017 /**
5018 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
5019 */
5020 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
5021
5022 /**
5023 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
5024 */
5025 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
5026
5027 /**
5028 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
5029 */
5030 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
5031
5032 /**
5033 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
5034 *
5035 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
5036 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
5037 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
5038 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
5039 *
5040 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
5041 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
5042 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
5043 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
5044 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
5045 */
5046 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
5047 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
5048 'IPv6' => 19,
5049 ];
5050
5051 /**
5052 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
5053 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
5054 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
5055 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
5056 * anonymous visitors.
5057 */
5058 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
5059
5060 /**
5061 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
5062 *
5063 * @par Example:
5064 * @code
5065 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
5066 * @endcode
5067 *
5068 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
5069 *
5070 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5071 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5072 *
5073 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
5074 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
5075 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
5076 *
5077 * @note Extensions should not modify this, but use the TitleReadWhitelist
5078 * hook instead.
5079 */
5080 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
5081
5082 /**
5083 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
5084 *
5085 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
5086 * is without underscore.
5087 *
5088 * @par Example:
5089 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
5090 * @code
5091 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
5092 * @endcode
5093 *
5094 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
5095 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
5096 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5097 *
5098 * @par Example:
5099 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5100 * @code
5101 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5102 * @endcode
5103 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5104 *
5105 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5106 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5107 */
5108 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5109
5110 /**
5111 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5112 * address before being allowed to edit?
5113 */
5114 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5115
5116 /**
5117 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5118 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5119 */
5120 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5121
5122 /**
5123 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5124 *
5125 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5126 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5127 *
5128 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5129 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5130 *
5131 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5132 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5133 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5134 * in in the user_groups table.
5135 *
5136 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5137 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5138 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5139 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5140 *
5141 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5142 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5143 *
5144 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5145 */
5146 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5147
5148 /** @cond file_level_code */
5149 // Implicit group for all visitors
5150 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5151 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5152 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5153 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5154 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5155 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5156 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5157 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5158 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5159 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5160 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5161 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5162 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5163 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5164
5165 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5166 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5167 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5168 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5169 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5170 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5171 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5172 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5173 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5174 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5175 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5176 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5177 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5178 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5179 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5180 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5181 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5182 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5183 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5184 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5185
5186 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5187 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5188 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5189
5190 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5191 // from various log pages by default
5192 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5193 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5194 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5195 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5196 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5197 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5198 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5199 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5200
5201 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5202 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5203 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5204 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5205 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5206 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5207 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5208 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5209 // can view deleted revision text
5210 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5211 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5212 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5213 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editusercss'] = true;
5214 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjs'] = true;
5215 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5216 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5217 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5218 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5219 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5220 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5221 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5222 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5223 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5224 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5225 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5226 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5227 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5228 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5229 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5230 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5231 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5232 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5233 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5234 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5235 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5236 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5237 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5238 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5239 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5240 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5241 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5242 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5243 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5244 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5245 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5246
5247 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5248 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5249 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5250 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5251 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5252 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5253 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5254
5255 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5256 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5257 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5258 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5259 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5260 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5261 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5262 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5263 // For private suppression log access
5264 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5265
5266 /**
5267 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5268 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5269 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5270 * server.
5271 */
5272 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5273
5274 /** @endcond */
5275
5276 /**
5277 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5278 *
5279 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5280 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5281 *
5282 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5283 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5284 */
5285 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5286
5287 /**
5288 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5289 */
5290 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5291
5292 /**
5293 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5294 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5295 *
5296 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5297 * group".
5298 *
5299 * @par Example:
5300 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5301 * @code
5302 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5303 * @endcode
5304 *
5305 * @par Example:
5306 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5307 * @code
5308 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5309 * @endcode
5310 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5311 * any group that they happen to be in.
5312 */
5313 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5314
5315 /**
5316 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5317 */
5318 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5319
5320 /**
5321 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5322 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5323 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5324 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5325 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5326 */
5327 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5328
5329 /**
5330 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5331 *
5332 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5333 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5334 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5335 *
5336 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5337 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5338 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5339 */
5340 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5341
5342 /**
5343 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5344 *
5345 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5346 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5347 *
5348 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5349 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5350 */
5351 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5352
5353 /**
5354 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5355 *
5356 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5357 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5358 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5359 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5360 * "semiprotected".
5361 *
5362 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5363 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5364 */
5365 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5366
5367 /**
5368 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5369 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5370 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5371 *
5372 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5373 */
5374 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5375
5376 /**
5377 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5378 *
5379 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5380 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5381 *
5382 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5383 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5384 */
5385 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5386
5387 /**
5388 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5389 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5390 * privileges of new accounts.
5391 *
5392 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5393 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5394 *
5395 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5396 *
5397 * @par Example:
5398 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5399 * @code
5400 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5401 * @endcode
5402 * Set age to one day:
5403 * @code
5404 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5405 * @endcode
5406 */
5407 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5408
5409 /**
5410 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5411 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5412 *
5413 * @par Example:
5414 * @code
5415 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5416 * @endcode
5417 */
5418 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5419
5420 /**
5421 * Array containing the conditions of automatic promotion of a user to specific groups.
5422 *
5423 * The basic syntax for `$wgAutopromote` is:
5424 *
5425 * $wgAutopromote = array(
5426 * 'groupname' => cond,
5427 * 'group2' => cond2,
5428 * );
5429 *
5430 * A `cond` may be:
5431 * - a single condition without arguments:
5432 * Note that Autopromote wraps a single non-array value into an array
5433 * e.g. `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` OR
5434 * array( `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` )
5435 * - a single condition with arguments:
5436 * e.g. `array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, 100 )`
5437 * - a set of conditions:
5438 * e.g. `array( 'operand', cond1, cond2, ... )`
5439 *
5440 * When constructing a set of conditions, the following conditions are available:
5441 * - `&` (**AND**):
5442 * promote if user matches **ALL** conditions
5443 * - `|` (**OR**):
5444 * promote if user matches **ANY** condition
5445 * - `^` (**XOR**):
5446 * promote if user matches **ONLY ONE OF THE CONDITIONS**
5447 * - `!` (**NOT**):
5448 * promote if user matces **NO** condition
5449 * - array( APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ):
5450 * true if user has a confirmed e-mail
5451 * - array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ):
5452 * true if user has the at least the number of edits as the passed parameter
5453 * - array( APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ):
5454 * true if the length of time since the user created his/her account
5455 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5456 * - array( APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ):
5457 * true if the length of time since the user made his/her first edit
5458 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5459 * - array( APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ):
5460 * true if the user is a member of each of the passed groups
5461 * - array( APCOND_ISIP, ip ):
5462 * true if the user has the passed IP address
5463 * - array( APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ):
5464 * true if the user has an IP address in the range of the passed parameter
5465 * - array( APCOND_BLOCKED ):
5466 * true if the user is blocked
5467 * - array( APCOND_ISBOT ):
5468 * true if the user is a bot
5469 * - similar constructs can be defined by extensions
5470 *
5471 * The sets of conditions are evaluated recursively, so you can use nested sets of conditions
5472 * linked by operands.
5473 *
5474 * Note that if $wgEmailAuthentication is disabled, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5475 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5476 */
5477 $wgAutopromote = [
5478 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5479 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5480 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5481 ],
5482 ];
5483
5484 /**
5485 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5486 *
5487 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5488 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5489 *
5490 * The format is:
5491 * @code
5492 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5493 * @endcode
5494 * Where event is either:
5495 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5496 *
5497 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5498 *
5499 * @see $wgAutopromote
5500 * @since 1.18
5501 */
5502 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5503 'onEdit' => [],
5504 ];
5505
5506 /**
5507 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5508 * @since 1.18
5509 */
5510 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5511
5512 /**
5513 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5514 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5515 *
5516 * @par Example:
5517 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5518 * @code
5519 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5520 * @endcode
5521 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5522 * @code
5523 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5524 * @endcode
5525 * Sysops can make bots:
5526 * @code
5527 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5528 * @endcode
5529 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5530 * @code
5531 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5532 * @endcode
5533 */
5534 $wgAddGroups = [];
5535
5536 /**
5537 * @see $wgAddGroups
5538 */
5539 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5540
5541 /**
5542 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5543 * For extensions only.
5544 */
5545 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5546
5547 /**
5548 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5549 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5550 */
5551 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5552
5553 /**
5554 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5555 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5556 * This is limited for performance reason.
5557 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5558 * @since 1.23
5559 */
5560 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5561
5562 /**
5563 * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
5564 *
5565 * @par Example:
5566 * @code
5567 * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
5568 * // no more than 100 per month
5569 * [
5570 * 'count' => 100,
5571 * 'seconds' => 30*86400,
5572 * ],
5573 * // no more than 10 per day
5574 * [
5575 * 'count' => 10,
5576 * 'seconds' => 86400,
5577 * ],
5578 * ];
5579 * @endcode
5580 *
5581 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5582 */
5583 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
5584 'count' => 0,
5585 'seconds' => 86400,
5586 ] ];
5587
5588 /**
5589 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5590 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5591 *
5592 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5593 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5594 *
5595 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5596 *
5597 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5598 */
5599 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5600
5601 /**
5602 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5603 */
5604 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5605
5606 /**
5607 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5608 * proxies
5609 * @since 1.16
5610 */
5611 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5612
5613 /**
5614 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5615 *
5616 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5617 * the blacklist require a key).
5618 *
5619 * @par Example:
5620 * @code
5621 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5622 * // String containing URL
5623 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5624 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5625 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5626 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5627 * // just use a string as shown above
5628 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5629 * ];
5630 * @endcode
5631 *
5632 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5633 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5634 * @since 1.16
5635 */
5636 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5637
5638 /**
5639 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5640 * what the other methods might say.
5641 */
5642 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5643
5644 /**
5645 * IP ranges that should be considered soft-blocked (anon-only, account
5646 * creation allowed). The intent is to use this to prevent anonymous edits from
5647 * shared resources such as Wikimedia Labs.
5648 * @since 1.29
5649 * @var string[]
5650 */
5651 $wgSoftBlockRanges = [];
5652
5653 /**
5654 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5655 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5656 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5657 */
5658 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5659
5660 /**
5661 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5662 *
5663 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5664 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5665 * elapses.
5666 *
5667 * @par Example:
5668 * Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
5669 * @code
5670 * $wgRateLimits = [
5671 * 'edit' => [
5672 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5673 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5674 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5675 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5676 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5677 * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
5678 * ]
5679 * ];
5680 * @endcode
5681 *
5682 * @par Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
5683 * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
5684 * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
5685 * @code
5686 * $wgRateLimits = [
5687 * 'some-action' => [
5688 * '&can-bypass' => false,
5689 * 'user' => [ x, y ],
5690 * ];
5691 * @endcode
5692 *
5693 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5694 */
5695 $wgRateLimits = [
5696 // Page edits
5697 'edit' => [
5698 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5699 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5700 ],
5701 // Page moves
5702 'move' => [
5703 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5704 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5705 ],
5706 // File uploads
5707 'upload' => [
5708 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5709 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5710 ],
5711 // Page rollbacks
5712 'rollback' => [
5713 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5714 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5715 ],
5716 // Triggering password resets emails
5717 'mailpassword' => [
5718 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5719 ],
5720 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5721 'emailuser' => [
5722 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5723 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5724 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5725 ],
5726 // Purging pages
5727 'purge' => [
5728 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5729 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5730 ],
5731 // Purges of link tables
5732 'linkpurge' => [
5733 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5734 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5735 ],
5736 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5737 'renderfile' => [
5738 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5739 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5740 ],
5741 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5742 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5743 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5744 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5745 ],
5746 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5747 'stashedit' => [
5748 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5749 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5750 ],
5751 // Adding or removing change tags
5752 'changetag' => [
5753 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5754 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5755 ],
5756 // Changing the content model of a page
5757 'editcontentmodel' => [
5758 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5759 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5760 ],
5761 ];
5762
5763 /**
5764 * Array of IPs / CIDR ranges which should be excluded from rate limits.
5765 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5766 */
5767 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5768
5769 /**
5770 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5771 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5772 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5773 */
5774 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5775
5776 /**
5777 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5778 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5779 */
5780 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5781
5782 /**
5783 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5784 *
5785 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5786 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5787 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5788 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5789 *
5790 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5791 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5792 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5793 */
5794 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5795 // Short term limit
5796 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5797 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5798 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5799 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5800 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60*60*48 ],
5801 ];
5802
5803 /**
5804 * @var Array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5805 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5806 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5807 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5808 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5809 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5810 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5811 * @since 1.27
5812 */
5813 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5814
5815 // @TODO: clean up grants
5816 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5817
5818 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5819 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5820 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5821 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5822 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5823 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5824 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5825 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5826 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5827 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5828
5829 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5830 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5831 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5832 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5833
5834 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5835 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5836 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5837 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5838
5839 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5840 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5841
5842 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5843 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5844 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5845
5846 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5847
5848 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5849 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5850 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editusercss'] = true;
5851 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjs'] = true;
5852
5853 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5854 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5855 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5856 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5857 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5858 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5859 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5860
5861 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5862 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5863
5864 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5865 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5866 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5867 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5868 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5869 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5870
5871 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5872
5873 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5874
5875 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5876 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5877
5878 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5879 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5880 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5881
5882 $wgGrantPermissions['viewrestrictedlogs']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5883
5884 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5885 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5886 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5887 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5888 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5889 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5890 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5891
5892 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5893 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5894
5895 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5896
5897 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5898
5899 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5900
5901 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5902
5903 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5904
5905 /**
5906 * @var Array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5907 * @since 1.27
5908 */
5909 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5910 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5911 'basic' => 'hidden',
5912
5913 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5914 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5915 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5916 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5917
5918 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5919 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5920
5921 'sendemail' => 'email',
5922
5923 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5924 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5925
5926 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5927 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5928
5929 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5930 'rollback' => 'administration',
5931 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5932 'delete' => 'administration',
5933 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5934 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
5935 'protect' => 'administration',
5936 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5937
5938 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5939
5940 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5941 ];
5942
5943 /**
5944 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5945 * @since 1.27
5946 */
5947 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5948
5949 /**
5950 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5951 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5952 * @since 1.27
5953 */
5954 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5955
5956 /**
5957 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5958 *
5959 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5960 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5961 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5962 * @since 1.27
5963 */
5964 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5965
5966 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5967
5968 /************************************************************************//**
5969 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5970 * @{
5971 */
5972
5973 /**
5974 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5975 */
5976 $wgSecretKey = false;
5977
5978 /**
5979 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5980 *
5981 * This can have the following formats:
5982 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5983 * or the keys (for backward compatibility, deprecated since 1.30)
5984 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5985 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5986 */
5987 $wgProxyList = [];
5988
5989 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5990
5991 /************************************************************************//**
5992 * @name Cookie settings
5993 * @{
5994 */
5995
5996 /**
5997 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5998 */
5999 $wgCookieExpiration = 30 * 86400;
6000
6001 /**
6002 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
6003 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
6004 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
6005 * login cookies session-only.
6006 */
6007 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
6008
6009 /**
6010 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
6011 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
6012 */
6013 $wgCookieDomain = '';
6014
6015 /**
6016 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
6017 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
6018 */
6019 $wgCookiePath = '/';
6020
6021 /**
6022 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
6023 * - true: Set secure flag
6024 * - false: Don't set secure flag
6025 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
6026 */
6027 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
6028
6029 /**
6030 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
6031 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
6032 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
6033 * check.
6034 */
6035 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
6036
6037 /**
6038 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
6039 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
6040 * name to be used as a prefix.
6041 */
6042 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
6043
6044 /**
6045 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
6046 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
6047 * XSS attack.
6048 */
6049 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
6050
6051 /**
6052 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
6053 */
6054 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
6055
6056 /**
6057 * Override to customise the session name
6058 */
6059 $wgSessionName = false;
6060
6061 /**
6062 * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
6063 * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain
6064 * an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in
6065 * which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so
6066 * it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6067 */
6068 $wgCookieSetOnAutoblock = false;
6069
6070 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
6071
6072 /************************************************************************//**
6073 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
6074 * @{
6075 */
6076
6077 /**
6078 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
6079 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
6080 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
6081 * Please see math/README for more information.
6082 */
6083 $wgUseTeX = false;
6084
6085 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
6086
6087 /************************************************************************//**
6088 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
6089 *
6090 * To enable profiling, edit StartProfiler.php
6091 *
6092 * @{
6093 */
6094
6095 /**
6096 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
6097 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
6098 * may contain private data.
6099 */
6100 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
6101
6102 /**
6103 * Prefix for debug log lines
6104 */
6105 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
6106
6107 /**
6108 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
6109 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
6110 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
6111 */
6112 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
6113
6114 /**
6115 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
6116 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
6117 * and gen=js requests.
6118 */
6119 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
6120
6121 /**
6122 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
6123 *
6124 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
6125 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
6126 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
6127 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
6128 */
6129 $wgDebugComments = false;
6130
6131 /**
6132 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
6133 *
6134 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
6135 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
6136 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
6137 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
6138 */
6139 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
6140
6141 /**
6142 * Performance expectations for DB usage
6143 *
6144 * @since 1.26
6145 */
6146 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
6147 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
6148 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
6149 'GET' => [
6150 'masterConns' => 0,
6151 'writes' => 0,
6152 'readQueryTime' => 5
6153 ],
6154 // HTTP POST requests.
6155 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
6156 'POST' => [
6157 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6158 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6159 'maxAffected' => 1000
6160 ],
6161 'POST-nonwrite' => [
6162 'masterConns' => 0,
6163 'writes' => 0,
6164 'readQueryTime' => 5
6165 ],
6166 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent
6167 'PostSend' => [
6168 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6169 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6170 'maxAffected' => 1000,
6171 // Log master queries under the post-send entry point as they are discouraged
6172 'masterConns' => 0,
6173 'writes' => 0,
6174 ],
6175 // Background job runner
6176 'JobRunner' => [
6177 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6178 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6179 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
6180 ],
6181 // Command-line scripts
6182 'Maintenance' => [
6183 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6184 'maxAffected' => 1000
6185 ]
6186 ];
6187
6188 /**
6189 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6190 *
6191 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6192 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6193 * in production.
6194 *
6195 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6196 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6197 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6198 * - associative array with keys:
6199 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6200 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6201 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6202 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6203 *
6204 * @par Example:
6205 * @code
6206 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6207 * @endcode
6208 *
6209 * @par Advanced example:
6210 * @code
6211 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6212 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6213 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6214 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6215 * ];
6216 * @endcode
6217 */
6218 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6219
6220 /**
6221 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6222 *
6223 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6224 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6225 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6226 * details.
6227 *
6228 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6229 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6230 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6231 *
6232 * @par To completely disable logging:
6233 * @code
6234 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\NullSpi' ];
6235 * @endcode
6236 *
6237 * @since 1.25
6238 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6239 * @see MwLogger
6240 */
6241 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6242 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\LegacySpi',
6243 ];
6244
6245 /**
6246 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6247 *
6248 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6249 */
6250 $wgShowDebug = false;
6251
6252 /**
6253 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6254 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6255 */
6256 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6257
6258 /**
6259 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6260 */
6261 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6262
6263 /**
6264 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6265 */
6266 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6267
6268 /**
6269 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6270 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6271 * to an attacker.
6272 */
6273 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6274
6275 /**
6276 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print a complete stack trace
6277 * to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it may reveal
6278 * private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6279 * formatting.
6280 */
6281 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6282
6283 /**
6284 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6285 *
6286 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6287 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6288 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6289 * exception handler.
6290 */
6291 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6292
6293 /**
6294 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6295 */
6296 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6297
6298 /**
6299 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6300 */
6301 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6302
6303 /**
6304 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6305 * Should be a string, default false.
6306 * @since 1.20
6307 */
6308 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6309
6310 /**
6311 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6312 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6313 */
6314 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6315
6316 /**
6317 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6318 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6319 * after the limit.
6320 */
6321 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6322
6323 /**
6324 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6325 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6326 */
6327 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6328
6329 /**
6330 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6331 *
6332 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6333 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6334 */
6335 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6336
6337 /**
6338 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6339 *
6340 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6341 *
6342 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6343 *
6344 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6345 * @since 1.25
6346 */
6347 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6348
6349 /**
6350 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6351 *
6352 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6353 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6354 * @since 1.25
6355 */
6356 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6357
6358 /**
6359 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6360 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6361 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6362 * @since 1.28
6363 */
6364 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [];
6365
6366 /**
6367 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6368 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6369 * templates.
6370 */
6371 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6372
6373 /**
6374 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6375 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6376 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6377 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6378 */
6379 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6380
6381 /**
6382 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6383 * filename is passed to it.
6384 *
6385 * Extensions using extension.json will have any *.txt file in a
6386 * tests/parser/ directory automatically run.
6387 *
6388 * Core tests can be added to ParserTestRunner::$coreTestFiles.
6389 *
6390 * Use full paths.
6391 *
6392 * @deprecated since 1.30
6393 */
6394 $wgParserTestFiles = [];
6395
6396 /**
6397 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6398 */
6399 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6400
6401 /**
6402 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6403 * @since 1.19
6404 */
6405 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6406
6407 /**
6408 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6409 * queries and other useful output.
6410 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6411 *
6412 * @since 1.19
6413 */
6414 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6415
6416 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6417
6418 /************************************************************************//**
6419 * @name Search
6420 * @{
6421 */
6422
6423 /**
6424 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6425 */
6426 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6427
6428 /**
6429 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6430 * by default off due to execution overhead
6431 */
6432 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6433
6434 /**
6435 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6436 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6437 */
6438 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6439
6440 /**
6441 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6442 *
6443 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6444 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6445 *
6446 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6447 *
6448 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6449 */
6450 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6451
6452 /**
6453 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6454 *
6455 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6456 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6457 *
6458 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6459 */
6460 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6461 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6462 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6463 ];
6464
6465 /**
6466 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6467 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6468 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6469 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6470 */
6471 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6472
6473 /**
6474 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6475 * OpenSearch call.
6476 */
6477 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6478
6479 /**
6480 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6481 */
6482 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6483
6484 /**
6485 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6486 */
6487 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6488
6489 /**
6490 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6491 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6492 */
6493 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6494
6495 /**
6496 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6497 *
6498 * @par Example:
6499 * @code
6500 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6501 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6502 * @endcode
6503 */
6504 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6505 NS_MAIN => true,
6506 ];
6507
6508 /**
6509 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6510 * implemented by an extension instead.
6511 */
6512 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6513
6514 /**
6515 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6516 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6517 * search term.
6518 *
6519 * @par Example:
6520 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6521 * @code
6522 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6523 * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6524 * '&domains=https://example.com' .
6525 * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
6526 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6527 * @endcode
6528 */
6529 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6530
6531 /**
6532 * Search form behavior.
6533 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6534 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6535 */
6536 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6537
6538 /**
6539 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6540 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6541 * generated for all namespaces.
6542 */
6543 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6544
6545 /**
6546 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6547 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6548 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6549 *
6550 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6551 * @par Example:
6552 * @code
6553 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6554 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6555 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6556 * ];
6557 * @endcode
6558 */
6559 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6560
6561 /**
6562 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6563 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6564 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6565 */
6566 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6567
6568 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6569
6570 /************************************************************************//**
6571 * @name Edit user interface
6572 * @{
6573 */
6574
6575 /**
6576 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6577 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6578 */
6579 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6580
6581 /**
6582 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6583 */
6584 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6585
6586 /**
6587 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6588 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6589 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6590 */
6591 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6592 NS_CATEGORY => true
6593 ];
6594
6595 /**
6596 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6597 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6598 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6599 */
6600 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6601
6602 /**
6603 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6604 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6605 * ting this variable false.
6606 */
6607 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6608
6609 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6610
6611 /************************************************************************//**
6612 * @name Maintenance
6613 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6614 * @{
6615 */
6616
6617 /**
6618 * @cond file_level_code
6619 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6620 */
6621 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6622 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6623 }
6624 /** @endcond */
6625
6626 /**
6627 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6628 */
6629 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6630
6631 /**
6632 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6633 * used as an explanation to users.
6634 *
6635 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6636 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6637 * option in MySQL.
6638 */
6639 $wgReadOnly = null;
6640
6641 /**
6642 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6643 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6644 * message.
6645 *
6646 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6647 */
6648 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6649
6650 /**
6651 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6652 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6653 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6654 *
6655 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6656 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6657 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6658 */
6659 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6660
6661 /**
6662 * Fully specified path to git binary
6663 */
6664 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6665
6666 /**
6667 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6668 *
6669 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6670 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6671 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6672 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6673 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6674 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6675 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6676 *
6677 * @since 1.20
6678 */
6679 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6680 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6681 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6682 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6683 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6684 ];
6685
6686 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6687
6688 /************************************************************************//**
6689 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6690 * @{
6691 */
6692
6693 /**
6694 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6695 * seconds will go.
6696 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6697 */
6698 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6699
6700 /**
6701 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6702 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6703 * @since 1.26
6704 */
6705 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6706
6707 /**
6708 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6709 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6710 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6711 * @since 1.26
6712 */
6713 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6714
6715 /**
6716 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6717 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6718 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6719 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6720 * is still there.
6721 */
6722 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6723
6724 /**
6725 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6726 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6727 */
6728 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6729
6730 /**
6731 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6732 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6733 */
6734 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6735
6736 /**
6737 * Configuration for feeds to which notifications about recent changes will be sent.
6738 *
6739 * The following feed classes are available by default:
6740 * - 'UDPRCFeedEngine' - sends recent changes over UDP to the specified server.
6741 * - 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine' - send recent changes to Redis.
6742 *
6743 * Only 'class' or 'uri' is required. If 'uri' is set instead of 'class', then
6744 * RecentChange::getEngine() is used to determine the class. All options are
6745 * passed to the constructor.
6746 *
6747 * Common options:
6748 * - 'class' -- The class to use for this feed (must implement RCFeed).
6749 * - 'omit_bots' -- Exclude bot edits from the feed. (default: false)
6750 * - 'omit_anon' -- Exclude anonymous edits from the feed. (default: false)
6751 * - 'omit_user' -- Exclude edits by registered users from the feed. (default: false)
6752 * - 'omit_minor' -- Exclude minor edits from the feed. (default: false)
6753 * - 'omit_patrolled' -- Exclude patrolled edits from the feed. (default: false)
6754 *
6755 * FormattedRCFeed-specific options:
6756 * - 'uri' -- [required] The address to which the messages are sent.
6757 * The uri scheme of this string will be looked up in $wgRCEngines
6758 * to determine which RCFeedEngine class to use.
6759 * - 'formatter' -- [required] The class (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6760 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6761 * Formatters available by default: JSONRCFeedFormatter, XMLRCFeedFormatter,
6762 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter.
6763 *
6764 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6765 * - 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6766 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6767 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6768 *
6769 * JSONRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6770 * - 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6771 *
6772 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6773 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1336',
6774 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6775 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6776 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6777 * ];
6778 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6779 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1338',
6780 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6781 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6782 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6783 * ];
6784 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6785 * 'class' => 'ExampleRCFeed',
6786 * ];
6787 * @since 1.22
6788 */
6789 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6790
6791 /**
6792 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine for a given URI scheme.
6793 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of FormattedRCFeed sub classes.
6794 * @since 1.22
6795 */
6796 $wgRCEngines = [
6797 'redis' => 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine',
6798 'udp' => 'UDPRCFeedEngine',
6799 ];
6800
6801 /**
6802 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6803 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6804 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6805 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6806 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6807 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6808 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6809 *
6810 * @since 1.27
6811 */
6812 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6813
6814 /**
6815 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6816 * New pages and new files are included.
6817 */
6818 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6819
6820 /**
6821 * Whether to show the new experimental views (like namespaces, tags, and users) in
6822 * RecentChanges filters
6823 */
6824 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersEnableExperimentalViews = false;
6825
6826 /**
6827 * Whether to allow users to use the experimental live update feature in the new RecentChanges UI
6828 */
6829 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersEnableLiveUpdate = false;
6830
6831 /**
6832 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6833 */
6834 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6835
6836 /**
6837 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6838 *
6839 * @since 1.27
6840 */
6841 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6842
6843 /**
6844 * Log autopatrol actions to the log table
6845 */
6846 $wgLogAutopatrol = true;
6847
6848 /**
6849 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6850 */
6851 $wgFeed = true;
6852
6853 /**
6854 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6855 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6856 */
6857 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6858
6859 /**
6860 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6861 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6862 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6863 *
6864 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6865 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6866 */
6867 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6868
6869 /**
6870 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6871 * pages larger than this size.
6872 */
6873 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6874
6875 /**
6876 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6877 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6878 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6879 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6880 * as value.
6881 * @par Example:
6882 * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
6883 * @code
6884 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6885 * @endcode
6886 */
6887 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6888
6889 /**
6890 * Available feeds objects.
6891 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6892 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6893 */
6894 $wgFeedClasses = [
6895 'rss' => 'RSSFeed',
6896 'atom' => 'AtomFeed',
6897 ];
6898
6899 /**
6900 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6901 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6902 */
6903 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6904
6905 /**
6906 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6907 */
6908 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
6909
6910 /**
6911 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
6912 */
6913 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
6914
6915 /**
6916 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
6917 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
6918 * highlighted on the RC page.
6919 */
6920 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
6921
6922 /**
6923 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
6924 * view for watched pages with new changes
6925 */
6926 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
6927
6928 /**
6929 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
6930 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
6931 */
6932 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
6933
6934 /**
6935 * Enable filtering of categories in Recentchanges
6936 */
6937 $wgAllowCategorizedRecentChanges = false;
6938
6939 /**
6940 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
6941 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
6942 */
6943 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
6944
6945 /**
6946 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
6947 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
6948 * watchers.
6949 *
6950 * @since 1.21
6951 */
6952 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
6953
6954 /**
6955 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
6956 * certain types of edits.
6957 *
6958 * To register a new one:
6959 * @code
6960 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
6961 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
6962 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
6963 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
6964 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
6965 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
6966 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
6967 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
6968 * 'class' => 'css-class',
6969 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
6970 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
6971 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
6972 * 'grouping' => 'any',
6973 * ];
6974 * @endcode
6975 *
6976 * @since 1.22
6977 */
6978 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
6979 'newpage' => [
6980 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
6981 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
6982 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
6983 'grouping' => 'any',
6984 ],
6985 'minor' => [
6986 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
6987 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
6988 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
6989 'class' => 'minoredit',
6990 'grouping' => 'all',
6991 ],
6992 'bot' => [
6993 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
6994 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
6995 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
6996 'class' => 'botedit',
6997 'grouping' => 'all',
6998 ],
6999 'unpatrolled' => [
7000 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
7001 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
7002 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
7003 'grouping' => 'any',
7004 ],
7005 ];
7006
7007 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
7008
7009 /************************************************************************//**
7010 * @name Copyright and credits settings
7011 * @{
7012 */
7013
7014 /**
7015 * Override for copyright metadata.
7016 *
7017 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
7018 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
7019 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
7020 */
7021 $wgRightsPage = null;
7022
7023 /**
7024 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
7025 * wiki.
7026 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
7027 */
7028 $wgRightsUrl = null;
7029
7030 /**
7031 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
7032 * link.
7033 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
7034 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
7035 */
7036 $wgRightsText = null;
7037
7038 /**
7039 * Override for copyright metadata.
7040 */
7041 $wgRightsIcon = null;
7042
7043 /**
7044 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
7045 */
7046 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
7047
7048 /**
7049 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
7050 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
7051 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
7052 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
7053 * large wikis.
7054 */
7055 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
7056
7057 /**
7058 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
7059 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
7060 */
7061 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
7062
7063 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
7064
7065 /************************************************************************//**
7066 * @name Import / Export
7067 * @{
7068 */
7069
7070 /**
7071 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
7072 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
7073 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
7074 *
7075 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
7076 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
7077 * e.g.
7078 * @code
7079 * $wgImportSources = [
7080 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
7081 * 'wikispecies',
7082 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
7083 * ];
7084 * @endcode
7085 *
7086 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
7087 * the ImportSources hook.
7088 *
7089 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
7090 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
7091 */
7092 $wgImportSources = [];
7093
7094 /**
7095 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
7096 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
7097 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
7098 *
7099 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
7100 */
7101 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
7102
7103 /**
7104 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
7105 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
7106 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
7107 */
7108 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
7109
7110 /**
7111 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
7112 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
7113 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
7114 */
7115 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
7116
7117 /**
7118 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
7119 */
7120 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
7121
7122 /**
7123 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
7124 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
7125 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
7126 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
7127 * it's disabled by default for now.
7128 *
7129 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
7130 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
7131 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
7132 */
7133 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
7134
7135 /**
7136 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
7137 */
7138 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
7139
7140 /**
7141 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
7142 */
7143 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
7144
7145 /**
7146 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
7147 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
7148 *
7149 * @since 1.27
7150 */
7151 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
7152
7153 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
7154
7155 /*************************************************************************//**
7156 * @name Extensions
7157 * @{
7158 */
7159
7160 /**
7161 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
7162 * initialised
7163 */
7164 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
7165
7166 /**
7167 * Extension messages files.
7168 *
7169 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
7170 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
7171 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
7172 * is the most common.
7173 *
7174 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
7175 * in the core.
7176 *
7177 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
7178 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
7179 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
7180 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
7181 *
7182 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
7183 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
7184 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
7185 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
7186 *
7187 * @par Example:
7188 * @code
7189 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
7190 * @endcode
7191 */
7192 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
7193
7194 /**
7195 * Extension messages directories.
7196 *
7197 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
7198 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
7199 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7200 * message directories.
7201 *
7202 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7203 *
7204 * @par Simple example:
7205 * @code
7206 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7207 * @endcode
7208 *
7209 * @par Complex example:
7210 * @code
7211 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7212 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7213 * __DIR__ . '/lib/oojs-ui/i18n',
7214 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7215 * ]
7216 * @endcode
7217 * @since 1.23
7218 */
7219 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7220
7221 /**
7222 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7223 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7224 * @since 1.22
7225 */
7226 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7227
7228 /**
7229 * Parser output hooks.
7230 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7231 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7232 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7233 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7234 *
7235 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7236 *
7237 * The callback has the form:
7238 * @code
7239 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7240 * @endcode
7241 */
7242 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7243
7244 /**
7245 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7246 */
7247 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7248
7249 /**
7250 * List of valid skin names
7251 *
7252 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7253 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7254 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7255 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7256 */
7257 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7258
7259 /**
7260 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7261 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7262 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7263 * SpecialPage.
7264 */
7265 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7266
7267 /**
7268 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7269 */
7270 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7271
7272 /**
7273 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7274 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7275 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7276 */
7277 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7278
7279 /**
7280 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7281 *
7282 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7283 *
7284 * @code
7285 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7286 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7287 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7288 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7289 * 'author' => [
7290 * 'Foo Barstein',
7291 * ],
7292 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7293 * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
7294 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7295 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0+',
7296 * ];
7297 * @endcode
7298 *
7299 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7300 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7301 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7302 * interpreted as wikitext.
7303 *
7304 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7305 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7306 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7307 *
7308 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7309 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7310 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7311 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7312 *
7313 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7314 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7315 * usually are.)
7316 *
7317 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7318 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7319 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7320 * for instance "[https://example ...]".
7321 *
7322 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7323 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7324 *
7325 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7326 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7327 *
7328 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7329 * as "GPL-2.0+" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7330 */
7331 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7332
7333 /**
7334 * Authentication plugin.
7335 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7336 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7337 */
7338 $wgAuth = null;
7339
7340 /**
7341 * Global list of hooks.
7342 *
7343 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7344 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7345 * internally by Hook:run().
7346 *
7347 * The value can be one of:
7348 *
7349 * - A function name:
7350 * @code
7351 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7352 * @endcode
7353 * - A function with some data:
7354 * @code
7355 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7356 * @endcode
7357 * - A an object method:
7358 * @code
7359 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7360 * @endcode
7361 * - A closure:
7362 * @code
7363 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7364 * // Handler code goes here.
7365 * };
7366 * @endcode
7367 *
7368 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7369 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7370 *
7371 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7372 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7373 */
7374 $wgHooks = [];
7375
7376 /**
7377 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7378 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7379 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7380 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7381 * hook for that.
7382 *
7383 * @see MediaWikiServices
7384 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7385 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7386 */
7387 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7388 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7389 ];
7390
7391 /**
7392 * Maps jobs to their handlers; extensions
7393 * can add to this to provide custom jobs.
7394 * A job handler should either be a class name to be instantiated,
7395 * or (since 1.30) a callback to use for creating the job object.
7396 */
7397 $wgJobClasses = [
7398 'refreshLinks' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7399 'deleteLinks' => 'DeleteLinksJob',
7400 'htmlCacheUpdate' => 'HTMLCacheUpdateJob',
7401 'sendMail' => 'EmaillingJob',
7402 'enotifNotify' => 'EnotifNotifyJob',
7403 'fixDoubleRedirect' => 'DoubleRedirectJob',
7404 'AssembleUploadChunks' => 'AssembleUploadChunksJob',
7405 'PublishStashedFile' => 'PublishStashedFileJob',
7406 'ThumbnailRender' => 'ThumbnailRenderJob',
7407 'recentChangesUpdate' => 'RecentChangesUpdateJob',
7408 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7409 'refreshLinksDynamic' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7410 'activityUpdateJob' => 'ActivityUpdateJob',
7411 'categoryMembershipChange' => 'CategoryMembershipChangeJob',
7412 'cdnPurge' => 'CdnPurgeJob',
7413 'enqueue' => 'EnqueueJob', // local queue for multi-DC setups
7414 'null' => 'NullJob'
7415 ];
7416
7417 /**
7418 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7419 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7420 *
7421 * These can be:
7422 * - Very long-running jobs.
7423 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7424 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7425 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7426 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7427 */
7428 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7429
7430 /**
7431 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7432 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7433 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7434 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7435 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7436 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7437 * @var float[]
7438 */
7439 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7440
7441 /**
7442 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7443 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7444 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7445 *
7446 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7447 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7448 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7449 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7450 *
7451 * @var float|bool
7452 * @since 1.26
7453 */
7454 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7455
7456 /**
7457 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7458 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7459 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7460 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7461 */
7462 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7463 'default' => [ 'class' => 'JobQueueDB', 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7464 ];
7465
7466 /**
7467 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7468 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7469 */
7470 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7471 'class' => 'JobQueueAggregatorNull'
7472 ];
7473
7474 /**
7475 * Whether to include the number of jobs that are queued
7476 * for the API's maxlag parameter.
7477 * The total number of jobs will be divided by this to get an
7478 * estimated second of maxlag. Typically bots backoff at maxlag=5,
7479 * so setting this to the max number of jobs that should be in your
7480 * queue divided by 5 should have the effect of stopping bots once
7481 * that limit is hit.
7482 *
7483 * @since 1.29
7484 */
7485 $wgJobQueueIncludeInMaxLagFactor = false;
7486
7487 /**
7488 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7489 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7490 */
7491 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7492 'Statistics' => [ 'SiteStatsUpdate', 'cacheUpdate' ]
7493 ];
7494
7495 /**
7496 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7497 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7498 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7499 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7500 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7501 */
7502 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7503 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7504 ];
7505
7506 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7507
7508 /*************************************************************************//**
7509 * @name Categories
7510 * @{
7511 */
7512
7513 /**
7514 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7515 */
7516 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7517
7518 /**
7519 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7520 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7521 */
7522 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7523
7524 /**
7525 * Paging limit for categories
7526 */
7527 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7528
7529 /**
7530 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7531 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7532 *
7533 * Available values are:
7534 *
7535 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7536 *
7537 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7538 *
7539 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7540 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7541 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7542 *
7543 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7544 * installed. See https://secure.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7545 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7546 * server.
7547 *
7548 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7549 * the sort keys in the database.
7550 *
7551 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7552 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7553 */
7554 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7555
7556 /** @} */ # End categories }
7557
7558 /*************************************************************************//**
7559 * @name Logging
7560 * @{
7561 */
7562
7563 /**
7564 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7565 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7566 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7567 * log type.
7568 */
7569 $wgLogTypes = [
7570 '',
7571 'block',
7572 'protect',
7573 'rights',
7574 'delete',
7575 'upload',
7576 'move',
7577 'import',
7578 'patrol',
7579 'merge',
7580 'suppress',
7581 'tag',
7582 'managetags',
7583 'contentmodel',
7584 ];
7585
7586 /**
7587 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7588 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7589 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7590 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7591 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7592 */
7593 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7594 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7595 ];
7596
7597 /**
7598 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7599 *
7600 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7601 *
7602 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7603 *
7604 * @par Example:
7605 * @code
7606 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7607 * @endcode
7608 *
7609 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7610 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7611 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7612 *
7613 * A message of the form log-show-hide-[type] should be added, and will be used
7614 * for the link text.
7615 */
7616 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7617 'patrol' => true,
7618 'tag' => true,
7619 ];
7620
7621 /**
7622 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7623 * will be listed in the user interface.
7624 *
7625 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7626 *
7627 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7628 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7629 */
7630 $wgLogNames = [
7631 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7632 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7633 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7634 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7635 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7636 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7637 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7638 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7639 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7640 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7641 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7642 ];
7643
7644 /**
7645 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7646 * top of each log type.
7647 *
7648 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7649 *
7650 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7651 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7652 */
7653 $wgLogHeaders = [
7654 '' => 'alllogstext',
7655 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7656 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7657 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7658 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7659 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7660 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7661 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7662 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7663 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7664 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7665 ];
7666
7667 /**
7668 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7669 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7670 *
7671 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7672 */
7673 $wgLogActions = [];
7674
7675 /**
7676 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7677 * not messages.
7678 * @see LogPage::actionText
7679 * @see LogFormatter
7680 */
7681 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7682 'block/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7683 'block/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7684 'block/unblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7685 'contentmodel/change' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7686 'contentmodel/new' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7687 'delete/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7688 'delete/delete_redir' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7689 'delete/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7690 'delete/restore' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7691 'delete/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7692 'import/interwiki' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7693 'import/upload' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7694 'managetags/activate' => 'LogFormatter',
7695 'managetags/create' => 'LogFormatter',
7696 'managetags/deactivate' => 'LogFormatter',
7697 'managetags/delete' => 'LogFormatter',
7698 'merge/merge' => 'MergeLogFormatter',
7699 'move/move' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7700 'move/move_redir' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7701 'patrol/patrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7702 'patrol/autopatrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7703 'protect/modify' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7704 'protect/move_prot' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7705 'protect/protect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7706 'protect/unprotect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7707 'rights/autopromote' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7708 'rights/rights' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7709 'suppress/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7710 'suppress/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7711 'suppress/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7712 'suppress/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7713 'suppress/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7714 'tag/update' => 'TagLogFormatter',
7715 'upload/overwrite' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7716 'upload/revert' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7717 'upload/upload' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7718 ];
7719
7720 /**
7721 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7722 *
7723 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7724 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7725 * Extensions may append to this array
7726 * @since 1.27
7727 */
7728 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7729 'block' => [
7730 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7731 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7732 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7733 ],
7734 'contentmodel' => [
7735 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7736 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7737 ],
7738 'delete' => [
7739 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7740 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir' ],
7741 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7742 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7743 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7744 ],
7745 'import' => [
7746 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7747 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7748 ],
7749 'managetags' => [
7750 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7751 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7752 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7753 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7754 ],
7755 'move' => [
7756 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7757 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7758 ],
7759 'newusers' => [
7760 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7761 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7762 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7763 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7764 ],
7765 'patrol' => [
7766 'patrol' => [ 'patrol' ],
7767 'autopatrol' => [ 'autopatrol' ],
7768 ],
7769 'protect' => [
7770 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7771 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7772 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7773 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7774 ],
7775 'rights' => [
7776 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7777 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7778 ],
7779 'suppress' => [
7780 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7781 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7782 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7783 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7784 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7785 ],
7786 'upload' => [
7787 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7788 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7789 ],
7790 ];
7791
7792 /**
7793 * Maintain a log of newusers at Log/newusers?
7794 */
7795 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7796
7797 /** @} */ # end logging }
7798
7799 /*************************************************************************//**
7800 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7801 * @{
7802 */
7803
7804 /**
7805 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7806 */
7807 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7808
7809 /**
7810 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7811 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7812 */
7813 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7814
7815 /**
7816 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7817 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7818 */
7819 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7820
7821 /**
7822 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7823 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7824 */
7825 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7826
7827 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7828
7829 /*************************************************************************//**
7830 * @name Actions
7831 * @{
7832 */
7833
7834 /**
7835 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7836 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7837 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7838 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7839 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7840 * instead of the default class.
7841 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7842 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7843 */
7844 $wgActions = [
7845 'credits' => true,
7846 'delete' => true,
7847 'edit' => true,
7848 'editchangetags' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7849 'history' => true,
7850 'info' => true,
7851 'markpatrolled' => true,
7852 'protect' => true,
7853 'purge' => true,
7854 'raw' => true,
7855 'render' => true,
7856 'revert' => true,
7857 'revisiondelete' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7858 'rollback' => true,
7859 'submit' => true,
7860 'unprotect' => true,
7861 'unwatch' => true,
7862 'view' => true,
7863 'watch' => true,
7864 ];
7865
7866 /** @} */ # end actions }
7867
7868 /*************************************************************************//**
7869 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7870 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7871 * @{
7872 */
7873
7874 /**
7875 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7876 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7877 * basis.
7878 */
7879 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7880
7881 /**
7882 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7883 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7884 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7885 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
7886 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
7887 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
7888 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
7889 *
7890 * @par Example:
7891 * @code
7892 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
7893 * @endcode
7894 */
7895 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
7896
7897 /**
7898 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
7899 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
7900 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
7901 *
7902 * @par Example:
7903 * @code
7904 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7905 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7906 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
7907 * ];
7908 * @endcode
7909 *
7910 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
7911 * forms:
7912 * @code
7913 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7914 * # Underscore, not space!
7915 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7916 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
7917 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
7918 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
7919 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
7920 * ];
7921 * @endcode
7922 */
7923 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
7924
7925 /**
7926 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
7927 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
7928 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
7929 *
7930 * @par Example:
7931 * @code
7932 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
7933 * @endcode
7934 */
7935 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
7936
7937 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
7938
7939 /************************************************************************//**
7940 * @name AJAX and API
7941 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
7942 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
7943 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
7944 * @{
7945 */
7946
7947 /**
7948 * Enable the MediaWiki API for convenient access to
7949 * machine-readable data via api.php
7950 *
7951 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/API
7952 */
7953 $wgEnableAPI = true;
7954
7955 /**
7956 * Allow the API to be used to perform write operations
7957 * (page edits, rollback, etc.) when an authorised user
7958 * accesses it
7959 */
7960 $wgEnableWriteAPI = true;
7961
7962 /**
7963 *
7964 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
7965 *
7966 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
7967 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
7968 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
7969 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
7970 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
7971 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
7972 * requiring POST.
7973 *
7974 * @since 1.21
7975 */
7976 $wgDebugAPI = false;
7977
7978 /**
7979 * API module extensions.
7980 *
7981 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
7982 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
7983 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
7984 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
7985 *
7986 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
7987 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
7988 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
7989 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
7990 * field.
7991 *
7992 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
7993 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
7994 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
7995 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
7996 *
7997 * Examples for registering API modules:
7998 *
7999 * @code
8000 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
8001 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
8002 * 'class' => 'ApiBar',
8003 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
8004 * ];
8005 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
8006 * 'class' => 'ApiXyzzy',
8007 * 'factory' => [ 'XyzzyFactory', 'newApiModule' ]
8008 * ];
8009 * @endcode
8010 *
8011 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8012 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
8013 */
8014 $wgAPIModules = [];
8015
8016 /**
8017 * API format module extensions.
8018 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8019 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8020 *
8021 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
8022 */
8023 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
8024
8025 /**
8026 * API Query meta module extensions.
8027 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8028 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8029 *
8030 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
8031 */
8032 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
8033
8034 /**
8035 * API Query prop module extensions.
8036 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8037 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8038 *
8039 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
8040 */
8041 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
8042
8043 /**
8044 * API Query list module extensions.
8045 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8046 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8047 *
8048 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
8049 */
8050 $wgAPIListModules = [];
8051
8052 /**
8053 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
8054 * The default value is generally fine
8055 */
8056 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
8057
8058 /**
8059 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
8060 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
8061 */
8062 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
8063
8064 /**
8065 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
8066 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
8067 */
8068 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
8069
8070 /**
8071 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
8072 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
8073 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
8074 */
8075 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
8076
8077 /**
8078 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
8079 * API request logging
8080 */
8081 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
8082
8083 /**
8084 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
8085 */
8086 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
8087
8088 /**
8089 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
8090 * API queries.
8091 */
8092 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
8093 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
8094 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
8095 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
8096 ];
8097
8098 /**
8099 * Enable AJAX framework
8100 */
8101 $wgUseAjax = true;
8102
8103 /**
8104 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
8105 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
8106 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
8107 */
8108 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
8109
8110 /**
8111 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
8112 */
8113 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
8114
8115 /**
8116 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX. Also requires $wgEnableAPI to be true.
8117 */
8118 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
8119
8120 /**
8121 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
8122 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
8123 */
8124 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
8125
8126 /**
8127 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
8128 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
8129 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
8130 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
8131 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
8132 *
8133 * - '*' matches any number of characters
8134 * - '?' matches any 1 character
8135 *
8136 * @par Example:
8137 * @code
8138 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
8139 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
8140 * '*.wikipedia.org',
8141 * '*.wikimedia.org',
8142 * '*.wiktionary.org',
8143 * ];
8144 * @endcode
8145 */
8146 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
8147
8148 /**
8149 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
8150 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8151 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8152 */
8153 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
8154
8155 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
8156
8157 /************************************************************************//**
8158 * @name Shell and process control
8159 * @{
8160 */
8161
8162 /**
8163 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
8164 */
8165 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
8166
8167 /**
8168 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
8169 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
8170 */
8171 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
8172
8173 /**
8174 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8175 */
8176 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
8177
8178 /**
8179 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
8180 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8181 */
8182 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
8183
8184 /**
8185 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
8186 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
8187 *
8188 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
8189 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
8190 * them segfault or deadlock.
8191 *
8192 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
8193 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
8194 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
8195 *
8196 * @par Example:
8197 * @code
8198 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
8199 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
8200 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
8201 * @endcode
8202 *
8203 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
8204 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
8205 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
8206 */
8207 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8208
8209 /**
8210 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary (php/php5). Should be set up on install.
8211 */
8212 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8213
8214 /**
8215 * Locale for LC_ALL, to provide a known environment for locale-sensitive operations
8216 *
8217 * For Unix-like operating systems, this should be set to C.UTF-8 or an
8218 * equivalent to provide the most consistent behavior for locale-sensitive
8219 * C library operations across different-language wikis. If that locale is not
8220 * available, use another locale that has a UTF-8 character set.
8221 *
8222 * This setting mainly affects the behavior of C library functions, including:
8223 * - String collation (order when sorting using locale-sensitive comparison)
8224 * - For example, whether "Å" and "A" are considered to be the same letter or
8225 * different letters and if different whether it comes after "A" or after
8226 * "Z", and whether sorting is case sensitive.
8227 * - String character set (how characters beyond basic ASCII are represented)
8228 * - We need this to be a UTF-8 character set to work around
8229 * https://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8230 * - Language used for low-level error messages.
8231 * - Formatting of date/time and numeric values (e.g. '.' versus ',' as the
8232 * decimal separator)
8233 *
8234 * MediaWiki provides its own methods and classes to perform many
8235 * locale-sensitive operations, which are designed to be able to vary locale
8236 * based on wiki language or user preference:
8237 * - MediaWiki's Collation class should generally be used instead of the C
8238 * library collation functions when locale-sensitive sorting is needed.
8239 * - MediaWiki's Message class should be used for localization of messages
8240 * displayed to the user.
8241 * - MediaWiki's Language class should be used for formatting numeric and
8242 * date/time values.
8243 *
8244 * @note If multiple wikis are being served from the same process (e.g. the
8245 * same fastCGI or Apache server), this setting must be the same on all those
8246 * wikis.
8247 */
8248 $wgShellLocale = 'C.UTF-8';
8249
8250 /** @} */ # End shell }
8251
8252 /************************************************************************//**
8253 * @name HTTP client
8254 * @{
8255 */
8256
8257 /**
8258 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8259 */
8260 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8261
8262 /**
8263 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds.
8264 * @since 1.29
8265 */
8266 $wgHTTPImportTimeout = 25;
8267
8268 /**
8269 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8270 */
8271 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8272
8273 /**
8274 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8275 */
8276 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8277
8278 /**
8279 * Local virtual hosts.
8280 *
8281 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8282 *
8283 * This affects the following:
8284 * - MWHttpRequest: If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any
8285 * subdomain thereof, then no proxy will be used.
8286 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8287 * the proxy if it is configured.
8288 * - ChronologyProtector: Decide to shutdown LBFactory asynchronously instead
8289 * synchronously if the current response redirects to a local virtual host.
8290 *
8291 * @since 1.25
8292 */
8293 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8294
8295 /**
8296 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8297 * Only works for curl
8298 */
8299 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8300
8301 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8302
8303 /************************************************************************//**
8304 * @name Job queue
8305 * @{
8306 */
8307
8308 /**
8309 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8310 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8311 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8312 * be run periodically.
8313 */
8314 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8315
8316 /**
8317 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8318 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8319 * execution finishes.
8320 *
8321 * @since 1.23
8322 */
8323 $wgRunJobsAsync = false;
8324
8325 /**
8326 * Number of rows to update per job
8327 */
8328 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8329
8330 /**
8331 * Number of rows to update per query
8332 */
8333 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8334
8335 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8336
8337 /************************************************************************//**
8338 * @name Miscellaneous
8339 * @{
8340 */
8341
8342 /**
8343 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8344 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8345 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8346 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8347 */
8348 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8349
8350 /**
8351 * wikidiff2 supports detection of changes in moved paragraphs.
8352 * This setting controls the maximum number of paragraphs to compare before it bails out.
8353 * Supported values:
8354 * * 0: detection of moved paragraphs is disabled
8355 * * int > 0: maximum number of paragraphs to compare
8356 * Note: number of paragraph comparisons is in O(n^2).
8357 * This setting is only effective if the wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module is used as diffengine.
8358 * See $wgExternalDiffEngine.
8359 *
8360 * @since 1.30
8361 */
8362 $wgWikiDiff2MovedParagraphDetectionCutoff = 0;
8363
8364 /**
8365 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8366 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8367 *
8368 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8369 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8370 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8371 */
8372 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8373
8374 /**
8375 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8376 * For debugging
8377 */
8378 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8379
8380 /**
8381 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8382 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8383 */
8384 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8385
8386 /**
8387 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8388 */
8389 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8390
8391 /**
8392 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8393 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8394 */
8395 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8396
8397 /**
8398 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8399 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8400 */
8401 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8402
8403 /**
8404 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8405 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8406 *
8407 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8408 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8409 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8410 * parameters.
8411 *
8412 * @par Example using local redis instance:
8413 * @code
8414 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8415 * 'class' => 'PoolCounterRedis',
8416 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8417 * 'workers' => 1, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8418 * 'maxqueue' => 5, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8419 * 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ],
8420 * 'redisConfig' => []
8421 * ] ];
8422 * @endcode
8423 *
8424 * @par Example using C daemon from https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:PoolCounter:
8425 * @code
8426 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8427 * 'class' => 'PoolCounter_Client',
8428 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8429 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8430 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8431 * ... any extension-specific options...
8432 * ] ];
8433 * @endcode
8434 */
8435 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8436
8437 /**
8438 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8439 */
8440 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8441
8442 /**
8443 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8444 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8445 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8446 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8447 *
8448 * @since 1.21
8449 */
8450 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8451
8452 /**
8453 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8454 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8455 *
8456 * * 'ignore': return null
8457 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8458 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8459 *
8460 * @since 1.21
8461 */
8462 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8463
8464 /**
8465 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8466 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8467 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8468 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8469 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8470 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8471 *
8472 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8473 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8474 *
8475 * @since 1.21
8476 */
8477 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8478
8479 /**
8480 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8481 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8482 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8483 *
8484 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8485 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8486 *
8487 * @since 1.21
8488 */
8489 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8490 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8491 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8492 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8493 ];
8494
8495 /**
8496 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8497 *
8498 * @since 1.20
8499 */
8500 $wgSiteTypes = [
8501 'mediawiki' => 'MediaWikiSite',
8502 ];
8503
8504 /**
8505 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8506 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8507 * @since 1.23
8508 */
8509 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8510
8511 /**
8512 * Port where you have HTTPS running
8513 * Supports HTTPS on non-standard ports
8514 * @see T67184
8515 * @since 1.24
8516 */
8517 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8518
8519 /**
8520 * Secret for session storage.
8521 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8522 * be used.
8523 * @since 1.27
8524 */
8525 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8526
8527 /**
8528 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8529 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8530 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8531 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8532 * @since 1.27
8533 */
8534 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8535
8536 /**
8537 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8538 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8539 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8540 * be used.
8541 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8542 * @since 1.24
8543 */
8544 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8545
8546 /**
8547 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8548 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8549 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8550 * @since 1.24
8551 */
8552 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8553
8554 /**
8555 * Enable page language feature
8556 * Allows setting page language in database
8557 * @var bool
8558 * @since 1.24
8559 */
8560 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8561
8562 /**
8563 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8564 *
8565 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8566 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8567 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8568 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8569 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8570 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8571 *
8572 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8573 *
8574 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8575 * 'class' => 'ParsoidVirtualRESTService',
8576 * 'options' => [
8577 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8578 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8579 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8580 * ]
8581 * ];
8582 *
8583 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8584 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8585 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8586 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8587 *
8588 * Example config for Parsoid:
8589 *
8590 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8591 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8592 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8593 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8594 * ];
8595 *
8596 * @var array
8597 * @since 1.25
8598 */
8599 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8600 'paths' => [],
8601 'modules' => [],
8602 'global' => [
8603 # Timeout in seconds
8604 'timeout' => 360,
8605 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8606 'forwardCookies' => false,
8607 'HTTPProxy' => null
8608 ]
8609 ];
8610
8611 /**
8612 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8613 * these suggestions.
8614 *
8615 * @var bool
8616 * @since 1.26
8617 */
8618 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8619
8620 /**
8621 * Where popular password file is located.
8622 *
8623 * Default in core contains 10,000 most popular. This config
8624 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8625 * a password file with > 10000 entries in it.
8626 *
8627 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8628 * @since 1.27
8629 * @var string path to file
8630 */
8631 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/../serialized/commonpasswords.cdb';
8632
8633 /*
8634 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8635 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8636 *
8637 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8638 * @since 1.27
8639 */
8640 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8641
8642 /*
8643 * Max time (in seconds) a job-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8644 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8645 *
8646 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8647 * @since 1.30
8648 */
8649 $wgMaxJobDBWriteDuration = false;
8650
8651 /**
8652 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8653 *
8654 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8655 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8656 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8657 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8658 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8659 *
8660 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8661 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8662 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8663 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8664 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8665 *
8666 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8667 *
8668 * @since 1.27
8669 */
8670 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8671 'default' => [
8672 'class' => 'EventRelayerNull',
8673 ]
8674 ];
8675
8676 /**
8677 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8678 *
8679 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8680 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8681 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8682 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8683 *
8684 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8685 *
8686 * @var bool
8687 * @since 1.28
8688 */
8689 $wgPingback = false;
8690
8691 /**
8692 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8693 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8694 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8695 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8696 *
8697 * @since 1.28
8698 */
8699 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8700 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8701 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8702 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8703 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8704 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8705 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8706 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8707 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8708 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8709 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8710 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8711 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js' => true,
8712 ];
8713
8714 /**
8715 * The following variables define 3 user experience levels:
8716 *
8717 * - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level
8718 *
8719 * - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been
8720 * a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days
8721 * but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level.
8722 *
8723 * - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and
8724 * has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days.
8725 */
8726 $wgLearnerEdits = 10;
8727 $wgLearnerMemberSince = 4; # days
8728 $wgExperiencedUserEdits = 500;
8729 $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince = 30; # days
8730
8731 /**
8732 * Mapping of interwiki index prefixes to descriptors that
8733 * can be used to change the display of interwiki search results.
8734 *
8735 * Descriptors are appended to CSS classes of interwiki results
8736 * which using InterwikiSearchResultWidget.
8737 *
8738 * Predefined descriptors include the following words:
8739 * definition, textbook, news, quotation, book, travel, course
8740 *
8741 * @par Example:
8742 * @code
8743 * $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [
8744 * 'iwprefix' => 'definition'
8745 *];
8746 * @endcode
8747 */
8748 $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [];
8749
8750 /**
8751 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
8752 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
8753 * @}
8754 */